17 HID_TABDLG_STANDARD_BTN 68 Click the Options label to expand the dialog to show further options. Click again to restore the dialog.
14 HID_TABDLG_RESET_BTN 36 Restablez los valores modificaos a los predeterminaos.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fautocorrectdialog%2Fok 24 Saves all changes and closes dialog.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_NEXT b7 Faiga clic nel botón Siguiente, y l'Asistente utiliza la configuración actual del diálogu y avanza al pasu siguiente. Si yá s'atopa nel últimu pasu, el botón convertir en Crear.
17 DBACCESS_HID_DBWIZ_NEXT b7 Faiga clic nel botón Siguiente, y l'Asistente utiliza la configuración actual del diálogu y avanza al pasu siguiente. Si yá s'atopa nel últimu pasu, el botón convertir en Crear.
17 SVX_HID_GALLERY_PREVIEW 30 Amuesa una vista previa de la seleición actual.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Frbcopyarea fa Faiga clic nel iconu Amenorgar pa menguar el diálogu al tamañu del campu d'entrada. Esto facilita'l marcar la referencia riquida na fueya. L'iconu conviértese automáticamente en Maximizar. Faiga clic pa restaurar el tamañu orixinal del diálogu.
1b CUI_HID_MEASURE_CTL_PREVIEW 30 Amuesa una vista previa de la seleición actual.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Frbcopyarea fa Faiga clic nel iconu Amenorgar pa menguar el diálogu al tamañu del campu d'entrada. Esto facilita'l marcar la referencia riquida na fueya. L'iconu conviértese automáticamente en Maximizar. Faiga clic pa restaurar el tamañu orixinal del diálogu.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Frbfilterarea fa Faiga clic nel iconu Amenorgar pa menguar el diálogu al tamañu del campu d'entrada. Esto facilita'l marcar la referencia riquida na fueya. L'iconu conviértese automáticamente en Maximizar. Faiga clic pa restaurar el tamañu orixinal del diálogu.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fassign fa Faiga clic nel iconu Amenorgar pa menguar el diálogu al tamañu del campu d'entrada. Esto facilita'l marcar la referencia riquida na fueya. L'iconu conviértese automáticamente en Maximizar. Faiga clic pa restaurar el tamañu orixinal del diálogu.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconditionalformatdialog%2Frbassign fa Faiga clic nel iconu Amenorgar pa menguar el diálogu al tamañu del campu d'entrada. Esto facilita'l marcar la referencia riquida na fueya. L'iconu conviértese automáticamente en Maximizar. Faiga clic pa restaurar el tamañu orixinal del diálogu.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fautocorrectdialog%2Fcancel 27 Closes dialog and discards all changes.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fassignrb fa Faiga clic nel iconu Amenorgar pa menguar el diálogu al tamañu del campu d'entrada. Esto facilita'l marcar la referencia riquida na fueya. L'iconu conviértese automáticamente en Maximizar. Faiga clic pa restaurar el tamañu orixinal del diálogu.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbrepeatcol fa Faiga clic nel iconu Amenorgar pa menguar el diálogu al tamañu del campu d'entrada. Esto facilita'l marcar la referencia riquida na fueya. L'iconu conviértese automáticamente en Maximizar. Faiga clic pa restaurar el tamañu orixinal del diálogu.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptionsdialog%2Frevert 47 Restablez los valores modificaos a los predeterminaos de $[officename].
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbrepeatrow fa Faiga clic nel iconu Amenorgar pa menguar el diálogu al tamañu del campu d'entrada. Esto facilita'l marcar la referencia riquida na fueya. L'iconu conviértese automáticamente en Maximizar. Faiga clic pa restaurar el tamañu orixinal del diálogu.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_DEL 41 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos tres la confirmación.
23 hid%2Fcui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fdelete 41 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos tres la confirmación.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fautocorrectdialog%2Freset 3c Resets modified values back to the tab page previous values.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Frbassign2 fa Faiga clic nel iconu Amenorgar pa menguar el diálogu al tamañu del campu d'entrada. Esto facilita'l marcar la referencia riquida na fueya. L'iconu conviértese automáticamente en Maximizar. Faiga clic pa restaurar el tamañu orixinal del diálogu.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 41 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos tres la confirmación.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_CANCEL 52 Al faer clic en Encaboxar, el diálogu zarrar ensin guardar los cambeos efeutuaos.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Frbdestarea fa Faiga clic nel iconu Amenorgar pa menguar el diálogu al tamañu del campu d'entrada. Esto facilita'l marcar la referencia riquida na fueya. L'iconu conviértese automáticamente en Maximizar. Faiga clic pa restaurar el tamañu orixinal del diálogu.
15 SW_HID_MD_GLOS_DELETE 41 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos tres la confirmación.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Frowref fa Faiga clic nel iconu Amenorgar pa menguar el diálogu al tamañu del campu d'entrada. Esto facilita'l marcar la referencia riquida na fueya. L'iconu conviértese automáticamente en Maximizar. Faiga clic pa restaurar el tamañu orixinal del diálogu.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Fdelete 41 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos tres la confirmación.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fdelete 41 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos tres la confirmación.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fremove 41 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos tres la confirmación.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortslist%2Fdelete 41 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos tres la confirmación.
2a sw%3APushButton%3ADLG_BIB_BASE%3APB_DELETE 46 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos ensin esixir confirmación.
1e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CREATE 29 Aplica tolos cambeos y zarra l'asistente.
23 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fdelete 46 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos ensin esixir confirmación.
1e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CANCEL 52 Al faer clic en Encaboxar, el diálogu zarrar ensin guardar los cambeos efeutuaos.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDCANCEL 52 Al faer clic en Encaboxar, el diálogu zarrar ensin guardar los cambeos efeutuaos.
11 WIZARDS_HID0_NEXT b7 Faiga clic nel botón Siguiente, y l'Asistente utiliza la configuración actual del diálogu y avanza al pasu siguiente. Si yá s'atopa nel últimu pasu, el botón convertir en Crear.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDCANCEL 52 Al faer clic en Encaboxar, el diálogu zarrar ensin guardar los cambeos efeutuaos.
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fdelete 41 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos tres la confirmación.
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmacropage%2Fdelete 41 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos tres la confirmación.
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Fformulasref fa Faiga clic nel iconu Amenorgar pa menguar el diálogu al tamañu del campu d'entrada. Esto facilita'l marcar la referencia riquida na fueya. L'iconu conviértese automáticamente en Maximizar. Faiga clic pa restaurar el tamañu orixinal del diálogu.
13 WIZARDS_HID0_CANCEL 52 Al faer clic en Encaboxar, el diálogu zarrar ensin guardar los cambeos efeutuaos.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDNEXT b7 Faiga clic nel botón Siguiente, y l'Asistente utiliza la configuración actual del diálogu y avanza al pasu siguiente. Si yá s'atopa nel últimu pasu, el botón convertir en Crear.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_CANCEL 52 Al faer clic en Encaboxar, el diálogu zarrar ensin guardar los cambeos efeutuaos.
1a ui%2Fgradientpage%2Fdelete 41 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos tres la confirmación.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Frbassign fa Faiga clic nel iconu Amenorgar pa menguar el diálogu al tamañu del campu d'entrada. Esto facilita'l marcar la referencia riquida na fueya. L'iconu conviértese automáticamente en Maximizar. Faiga clic pa restaurar el tamañu orixinal del diálogu.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 41 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos tres la confirmación.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_NEXT b7 Faiga clic nel botón Siguiente, y l'Asistente utiliza la configuración actual del diálogu y avanza al pasu siguiente. Si yá s'atopa nel últimu pasu, el botón convertir en Crear.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_0_CMDCANCEL 52 Al faer clic en Encaboxar, el diálogu zarrar ensin guardar los cambeos efeutuaos.
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDFINISH 29 Aplica tolos cambeos y zarra l'asistente.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmultipathdialog%2Fdelete 46 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos ensin esixir confirmación.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fdelete 41 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos tres la confirmación.
2e modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Flibrary 41 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos tres la confirmación.
2a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fdelete 41 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos tres la confirmación.
1c WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CANCEL 52 Al faer clic en Encaboxar, el diálogu zarrar ensin guardar los cambeos efeutuaos.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Frbdataarea fa Faiga clic nel iconu Amenorgar pa menguar el diálogu al tamañu del campu d'entrada. Esto facilita'l marcar la referencia riquida na fueya. L'iconu conviértese automáticamente en Maximizar. Faiga clic pa restaurar el tamañu orixinal del diálogu.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 41 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos tres la confirmación.
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDCANCEL 52 Al faer clic en Encaboxar, el diálogu zarrar ensin guardar los cambeos efeutuaos.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Fcolref fa Faiga clic nel iconu Amenorgar pa menguar el diálogu al tamañu del campu d'entrada. Esto facilita'l marcar la referencia riquida na fueya. L'iconu conviértese automáticamente en Maximizar. Faiga clic pa restaurar el tamañu orixinal del diálogu.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Fdelete 46 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos ensin esixir confirmación.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbprintarea fa Faiga clic nel iconu Amenorgar pa menguar el diálogu al tamañu del campu d'entrada. Esto facilita'l marcar la referencia riquida na fueya. L'iconu conviértese automáticamente en Maximizar. Faiga clic pa restaurar el tamañu orixinal del diálogu.
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomslideshows%2Fdelete 46 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos ensin esixir confirmación.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fdelete 46 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos ensin esixir confirmación.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNEXT b7 Faiga clic nel botón Siguiente, y l'Asistente utiliza la configuración actual del diálogu y avanza al pasu siguiente. Si yá s'atopa nel últimu pasu, el botón convertir en Crear.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdelabbrev 46 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos ensin esixir confirmación.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdeldouble 46 Desanicia l'elementu o elementos escoyíos ensin esixir confirmación.
2d modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fcatalogdialog%2Finsert 43 Aplica los valores modificaos o escoyíos ensin zarrar el diálogu.
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fdestination-button fa Faiga clic nel iconu Amenorgar pa menguar el diálogu al tamañu del campu d'entrada. Esto facilita'l marcar la referencia riquida na fueya. L'iconu conviértese automáticamente en Maximizar. Faiga clic pa restaurar el tamañu orixinal del diálogu.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Fformulabutton fa Faiga clic nel iconu Amenorgar pa menguar el diálogu al tamañu del campu d'entrada. Esto facilita'l marcar la referencia riquida na fueya. L'iconu conviértese automáticamente en Maximizar. Faiga clic pa restaurar el tamañu orixinal del diálogu.
1c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_NEXT b7 Faiga clic nel botón Siguiente, y l'Asistente utiliza la configuración actual del diálogu y avanza al pasu siguiente. Si yá s'atopa nel últimu pasu, el botón convertir en Crear.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Fvarbutton fa Faiga clic nel iconu Amenorgar pa menguar el diálogu al tamañu del campu d'entrada. Esto facilita'l marcar la referencia riquida na fueya. L'iconu conviértese automáticamente en Maximizar. Faiga clic pa restaurar el tamañu orixinal del diálogu.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryupdateprogress%2FGalleryUpdateProgress 38 Anova la visualización na ventana o nel oxetu escoyíu.
1a SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_RENAME 28 Dexa camudar el nome del oxetu escoyíu.
1f SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_OBJECT 38 Con esti comandu l'oxetu escoyíu abrir nuna nueva xera.
1b SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_DESTROY b7 Desanicia la seleición actual. En casu d'una seleición múltiple van desaniciase tolos oxetos escoyíos. Xeneralmente va apaecer una entruga de seguridá enantes de la eliminación.
18 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_COPY 29 Copia l'elementu escoyíu nel cartafueyu.
19 HID_GALLERY_MN_BACKGROUND 3f Con esta opción inxerta la imaxe escoyida como imaxe de fondu.
19 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_PASTE 3d Inxerta nel documentu l'elementu que se movió al cartafueyu.
17 HID_DID_SAVE_PACKED_XML 66 De forma predeterminada, $[officename] abre y guarda los ficheros nel formatu de ficheru OpenDocument.
11 .uno%3AActiveHelp 69 Dexa habilitar y evacuar la presentación automática d'una descripción curtia de los menúes ya iconos.
e .uno%3AHelpTip 7e Dexa activar y desactivar la visualización automática de nomes d'iconos y otru conteníu de l'Ayuda na posición del cursor.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressnone 2a Indica que nun quies utilizar compresión.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolor2rb 2c Esporta'l ficheru en tonos d'escala de buxu.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolor1rb 1c Esporta'l ficheru en color .
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Flevel2rb 7d Escueyi la opción Nivel 2 si'l preséu de salida almite mapes de bits en color, gráficos de paleta y gráficos comprimíos.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Flevel1rb 8e Nesti nivel la compresión nun ta disponible. Escueyi la opción Nivel 1 si la imprentadora PostScript nun ufierta les capacidaes del Nivel 2.
28 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Ftiffpreviewcb 63 Especifica si tien d'esportase una vista previa en formatu TIFF xuntu col mesmu ficheru PostScript.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Finterlacedcb 39 Indica si'l gráficu tien de guardase'n mou entrellazáu.
21 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Ftextcb 60 Esporta'l ficheru en formatu  de testu ASCII. Esti tipu de ficheru ye más grande qu'un binariu.
2d svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fsavetransparencycb cb Especifica si tien de guardase'l fondu de la imaxe como tresparencia. Sólo oxetos seran visibles na imaxe de GIF. Usa'l Goteru pa especificar el color de la imaxe que se deseya convertir a tresparencia.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fresolutionlb 5d Inclúi la resolución de la imaxe. Seleicione les unidaes de midida dende la caxa de llista.
28 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fepsipreviewcb c4 Especifica si tien d'esportase un gráficu de vista previa monocromática en formatu EPSI xuntu col mesmu ficheru PostScript. Esti formatu contién namái caráuteres imprentables ASCII de 7 bits.
2b svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressionpngnf 7c Define la compresión de la esportación. Una compresión alta equival a una imaxe mas pequeña, pero más lenta pa cargase.
2e svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fresolutionmf-nospin 5d Inclúi la resolución de la imaxe. Seleicione les unidaes de midida dende la caxa de llista.
26 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompresslzw 7a La compresión LZW ye la compresión d'un ficheru nun ficheru más pequeñu usando un algoritmu de gueta basáu en tables.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolordepthlb 59 Escueya la fondura de color de 8 bits n'escala de grises o de 24 bits de color verdaderu.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fwidthlb 14 Especifica l'anchor.
2a svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fheightmf-nospin 13 Especifica l'altor.
20 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Frlecb 35 Aplica RLE (Run Length Encoding) a los gráficos BMP.
2b svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressionjpgnf 9c Define la calidá de la esportación. Escueyi dende una calidá baxa col mínimu tamañu de ficheru, fasta una calidá alta con un tamañu de ficheru grande
29 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fwidthmf-nospin 21 Especifica les unidaes de midida.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fbinarycb 65 Esportar el ficheru en formatu binariu. El ficheru resultante ye mas pequeñu que un ficheru de testu
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fcharsetlist 51 Escueye la configuracion del caracter de les opciones usaes pa importar/esportar.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ffixedwidth 30 Esporta tolos campos de datos con un anchu fixu.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fasshown 111 Habilitáu de forma predeterminada, los datos van guardase como s'amuesen, incluyendo los formatos numbéricos aplicaos. Si esti caxellu de verificación nun ta marcada, namái se van guardar los datos conteníos en forma cruda, como en versiones antigües de %PRODUCTNAME.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fquoteall e1 Esporta toles caxelles de testu que principien y acaben colos caráuteres de cita definíos nel cuadru Llendador de testu. Si nun se marca, solo se citarán les caxelles de testu que contengan el carácter Llendador de campu.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ftext 4a Escueya o escriba l'allindiador de testu que contién cada campu de datos.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ffield 4a Escueya o escriba l'allindiador de campos que dixebra los campos de datos.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fcharsetdropdown 3e Especifica'l xuegu de caráuteres pa la esportación de testu.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fdetectspecialnumbers c4 Cuando esta opción ta activada, Calc va detectar automáticamente tolos formatos de númberu, incluyendo los formatos de númberos especiales, tales como feches, hora, y la notación científica.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftextdelimiter 6e Escueya un caracter pa delimitar datos de testu. Usté tamién pue introducir un caracter nel cuadru de testu.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fmergedelimiters 43 Combina allindiadores consecutivos y quita campos de datos baleros.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Finputother 90 Dixebra los datos en columnes utilizando'l separador personalizáu especificáu. Nota: El separador personalizáu tamién tien de tar nos datos.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcharset ca Cuando esta opción ta activada, los campos o caxelles cuyos valores tan ente comines enteramente (los primeros y últimos caráuteres del valor son iguales al llendador de testu) s'importen como testu.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcolumntype 6f Escueya una columna na ventana de vista previa y escueya el tipu de datos a los qu'aplicar los datos importaos.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Flanguage 34 Determina cómo s'importen les cadenes de númberos.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftoseparatedby 28 Escueya'l separador que s'usa nos datos.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcomma 30 Dixebra en columnes datos dellimitaos por comes.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ffromrow 46 Especifica la filera na que se deseye inxertar el conteníu importáu.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftofixedwidth 49 Dixebra en columnes datos con anchu fixu (mesmu númberu de caráuteres).
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftab 36 Dixebra en columnes datos dellimitaos por tabuladores.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2FTextImportCsvDialog 3a Establez les opciones d'importación de datos delimitados.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fsemicolon 33 Dixebra en columnes datos dellimitaos per espacios.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fspace 33 Dixebra en columnes datos dellimitaos per espacios.
2f SD%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_PRINT_WARNINGS%3ARBT_CUT 76 Especifica que tou extendiendose fuera del máximu rangu d'impresión y retayárase y excluira de la impresión final.
32 SD%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_PRINT_WARNINGS%3ARBT_POSTER 3b Especifica si distribúi la impresion en multiples paginas.
25 SD%3AMODALDIALOG%3ADLG_PRINT_WARNINGS 8e Los diálogos de  avisos d'opciones d'impresión apaecen cuando la configuracion de páxina nun se compara colos rangos d'impresión definíu.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Flf 33 Xenera un "Saltu de llinia" como saltu de párrafu.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcr 32 Xenera un "Torna de carru" como saltu de párrafu.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcrlf 50 Xenera un "Torna de carru" y un "Saltu de llinia". Ye la opción predeterminada.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Flanguage 7b Especifica l'idioma del testu si entá nun se definió. Esti parámetru de configuración namái ta disponible al importar.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Ffont bf Al establecer un tipu de lletra predetermináu especifícase que'l testu tien d'amosase con un tipu de lletra específicu. Los tipos de lletra predeterminaos namái puen escoyese al importar.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcharset 48 Especifica'l tipu de lletra del ficheru que se va a importar o esportar.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fgallerytitledialog%2FGalleryTitleDialog 31 Asigna un títulu en visu a la galería escoyíu.
16 HID_GALLERY_MN_PREVIEW 35 La orde Previsualización amuesa'l gráficu escoyíu.
17 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD_LINK 2d Inxerta la imaxe escoyida en forma de enllaz.
15 HID_GALLERY_MN_DELETE 6d Con esta opción desaniciará la imaxe escoyida en respondiendo positivamente a una entruga de confirmación.
12 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD 49 Inxerta una copia del oxetu gráficu escoyíu directamente nel documentu.
16 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADDMENU 48 Define el mou en que s'inxerta un oxetu gráficu escoyíu nun documentu.
1a HID_MN_READONLY_GRAPHICOFF 36 Define toles imaxes del documentu como "non visibles".
1b HID_MN_READONLY_LOADGRAPHIC 5f Si desactivó la presentación d'imaxes, escueya'l comandu Cargar gráficos pa faeles visibles.
1b HID_MN_READONLY_COPYGRAPHIC 2a Copia un gráficu escoyíu nel cartafueyu.
1e HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEBACKGROUND 28 Dexa guardar el fondu d'una páxina web.
18 HID_MN_READONLY_COPYLINK 3b Copia nel cartafueyu l'enllaz asitiáu nel punteru del mur.
1b HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEGRAPHIC 33 Abre un diálogu onde guardar les imaxes escoyíes.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgallerygeneralpage%2Fname 22 Amuesa'l nome de la tema escoyida.
b slot%3A5500 4d Creates a new document using an existing template or opens a sample document.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21053 1e Creates a new XForms document.
10 .uno%3AAddDirect 25 Creates a new $[officename] document.
16 HID_TBXCONTROL_FILENEW 52 Creates a new $[officename] document. Click the arrow to select the document type.
d .uno%3ANewDoc 49 If you want to create a document from a template, choose New - Templates.
19 private%3Afactory%2Fscalc 38 Creates a new spreadsheet document ($[officename] Calc).
2c private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2FGlobalDocument 1e Creates a new master document.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fsimpress%3Fslot=6686 3c Creates a new presentation document ($[officename] Impress).
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsmath 34 Creates a new formula document ($[officename] Math).
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsdraw 34 Creates a new drawing document ($[officename] Draw).
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21051 92 Opens the Labels dialog where you can set the options for your labels, and then creates a new text document for the labels ($[officename] Writer).
2f service%3Acom.sun.star.sdb.DatabaseWizardDialog 34 Opens the Database Wizard to create a database file.
2b private%3Afactory%2Fsdatabase%3FInteractive 34 Opens the Database Wizard to create a database file.
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21052 93 Opens the Business Cards dialog where you can set the options for your business cards, and then creates a new text document ($[officename] Writer).
1b private%3Afactory%2Fswriter 33 Creates a new text document ($[officename] Writer).
21 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2Fweb 1c Creates a new HTML document.
37 SVTOOLS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_DOCTEMPLATE_BTN_DOCTEMPLATE_EDIT 51 Opens the selected document or creates a document based on the selected template.
39 SVTOOLS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_DOCTEMPLATE_BTN_DOCTEMPLATE_MANAGE 3b Adds, removes, or rearranges templates or sample documents.
1a HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_DOCINFO 3e Displays the properties for the selected template or document.
17 HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PREV 28 Moves up one folder level, if available.
1a HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PREVIEW 38 Allows you to preview the selected template or document.
18 HID_TEMPLATEDLG_FILEVIEW c7 Lists the available templates or documents for the selected category. Select a template or document and, then click Open. To preview the document, click the Preview button above the box on the right.
18 HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PRINT 58 Allows you to preview the template or document, as well as view the document properties.
17 HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_BACK 30 Moves back to the previous window in the dialog.
1c SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_ICONCTRL ad Categories are shown in the box on the left side of the Templates and Documents dialog. Click a category to display the files associated with that category in the Title box.
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeldialog%2Fok 23 Creates a new document for editing.
13 .uno%3AInsertLabels 43 Allows you to create labels. Labels are created in a text document.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftype eb Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on the brand on what you selected in the Brand list. If you want to use a custom label format, select [User], and then click the Format tab to define the format.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fbrand 2f Select the brand of paper that you want to use.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fcontinuous 22 Prints labels on continuous paper.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftable 55 Select the database table containing the field(s) that you want to use in your label.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Finsert 86 Select the database field that you want, and then click the arrow to the left of this box to insert the field into the Label text box.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fdatabase 4b Select the database that you want to use as the data source for your label.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fsheet 23 Prints labels on individual sheets.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Faddress 66 Creates a label with your return address. Text that is currently in the Label text box is overwritten.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftextview 5a Enter the text that you want to appear on the label. You can also insert a database field.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2FCardMediumPage 3f Specify the label text and choose the paper size for the label.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fwidth 6f Displays the width for the label or the business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fhori 8b Displays the distance between the left edges of adjacent labels or business cards. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsavelabeldialog%2Ftype 1d Enter or select a label type.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fvert c8 Displays the distance between the upper edge of a label or a business card and the upper edge of the label or the business card directly below. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fheight 6c Displays the height for the label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsavelabeldialog%2Fbrand 22 Enter or select the desired brand.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fleft a3 Displays the distance from the left edge of the page to the left edge of the first label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fcols 59 Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to span the width of the page.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Ftop 98 Displays distance from the top edge of the page to the top of the first label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2FLabelFormatPage 1d Set paper formatting options.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Frows 5a Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to span the height of the page.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fsave 30 Saves the current label or business card format.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsetup 1f Opens the Printer Setup dialog.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffloatingsync%2Fsync 71 Copies the contents of the top left label or business card to the remaining labels or business cards on the page.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Frows 58 Enter the number of rows of labels or business cards that you want to have on your page.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsinglelabel 32 Prints a single label or  business card on a page.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fcols 59 Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to have in a row on your page.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fentirepage 31 Creates a full page of  labels or business cards.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsynchronize af Allows you to edit a single label or business card and updates the contents of the remaining labels or business cards on the page when you click the Synchronize Labels button.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2FLabelOptionsPage 6f Sets additional options for your labels or business cards, including text synchronization and printer settings.
19 .uno%3AInsertBusinessCard 2a Design and create your own business cards.
1a HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_TYPE dd Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on what you selected in the Brand list. If you want to use a custom size format, select [User], and then click the Format tab to define the format.
1b HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_BRAND 2f Select the brand of paper that you want to use.
1b HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_SHEET 2b Prints business cards on individual sheets.
1a HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_CONT 2a Prints business cards on continuous paper.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2Fautotext 4d Select a business card category, and then click a layout in the Content list.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2Ftreeview 67 Select a business card category in AutoText - Section box, and then click a layout in the Content list.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2FCardFormatPage 2d Define the appearance of your business cards.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Furl 2c Enter the address of your internet homepage.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fmobile 23 Enter your mobile telephone number.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fphone 21 Enter your home telephone number.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fcountry 30 Enter the name of the country in which you live.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fshortname2 4b Enter the initials of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Flastname2 4c Enter the last name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fjob 23 Enter the title of your profession.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Ffirstname2 4d Enter the first name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fmobile 23 Enter your mobile telephone number.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fphone 25 Enter your business telephone number.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fstate 3d Enter the name of the country where your business is located.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Furl 36 Enter the address of your company's internet homepage.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fslogan 21 Enter the slogan of your company.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fcompany2 21 Enter additional company details.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2FBusinessDataPage a6 Contains contact information for business cards that use a layout from a 'Business Card, Work' category. Business card layouts are selected on the Business Cards tab.
15 HID_FILEOPEN_READONLY 21 Opens the file in read-only mode.
16 HID_FILEDLG_INSERT_BTN 4b Inserts the selected file into the current document at the cursor position.
28 fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Fopen 1f Opens the selected document(s).
2d fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Ffile_type 78 Select the file type that you want to open, or select All Files (*) to display a list of all of the files in the folder.
36 fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2FExplorerFileDialog 2d Opens, opens a remote file or imports a file.
2e fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Fnew_folder 15 Creates a new folder.
18 HID_FILEVIEW_MENU_RENAME 3f To rename a file, right-click the file, and then choose Rename.
2d fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Ffile_name 7a Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a URL that starts with the protocol name ftp, http, or https.
18 SVT_HID_FILEOPEN_LEVELUP 57 Move up one folder in the folder hierarchy. Long-click to see the higher level folders.
18 HID_FILEVIEW_MENU_DELETE 3f To delete a file, right-click the file, and then choose Delete.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fyes 3c Click to delete the file with the name shown in this dialog.
14 HID_FILEOPEN_VERSION 5e If there are multiple versions of the selected file, select the version that you want to open.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fall 23 Click to delete all selected files.
14 HID_FILEDLG_STANDARD 3d Displays the files and folders in the folder that you are in.
21 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fno 48 Click to cancel deletion of the file with the name shown in this dialog.
19 HID_FILEDLG_PATH_FILENAME 27 Enter or select the path from the list.
14 HID_FILEDLG_PATH_BTN 1b Selects the indicated path.
33 SFX2%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_FILTER_SELECT%3ALB_DLG_LISTBOX 3c Select the import filter for the file that you want to open.
f .uno%3ACloseDoc 38 Closes the current document without exiting the program.
b .uno%3ASave 1b Saves the current document.
1c HID_FILESAVE_CUSTOMIZEFILTER 4e Allows you to set the spreadsheet saving options for some types of data files.
35 fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Fconnect_to_server 7f Opens a dialog where you can set up connection to various types of servers, including WebDAV, FTP, SSH, Windows Share and CMIS.
14 HID_FILESAVE_LEVELUP 57 Move up one folder in the folder hierarchy. Long-click to see the higher level folders.
1c HID_FILESAVE_CREATEDIRECTORY 15 Creates a new folder.
16 HID_FILESAVE_SELECTION 9a Exports only the selected graphic objects in %PRODUCTNAME Draw and Impress to another format. If this box is not checked, the entire document is exported.
15 HID_FILESAVE_FILEVIEW 3d Displays the files and folders in the folder that you are in.
14 HID_FILESAVE_FILEURL 42 Enter a file name or a path for the file. You can also enter a URL
1f SVT_HID_FILESAVE_PLACES_LISTBOX 49 Displays "favourite" places, i.e. shortcuts to local or remote locations.
15 HID_FILESAVE_FILETYPE 3c Select the file format for the document that you are saving.
13 HID_FILESAVE_DOSAVE f Saves the file.
13 HID_FILESAVE_DIALOG 5f Saves the current document in a different location, or with a different file name or file type.
1d HID_FILESAVE_SAVEWITHPASSWORD 57 Protects the file with a password that must be entered before a user can open the file.
f .uno%3AExportTo 5b Saves the current document with a different name and format to a location that you specify.
1c .uno%3ASetDocumentProperties 78 Displays the properties for the current file, including statistics such as word count and the date the file was created.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fkeywords ad Enter the words that you want to use to index the content of your document. Keywords must be separated by commas. A keyword can contain white space characters or semicolons.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fsubject 61 Enter a subject for the document. You can use a subject to group documents with similar contents.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Ftitle 1f Enter a title for the document.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fcomments 2d Enter comments to help identify the document.
34 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2FDescriptionInfoPage 34 Contains descriptive information about the document.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Freset a3 Resets the editing time to zero, the creation date to the current date and time, and the version number to 1. The modification and printing dates are also deleted.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Fuserdatacb 78 Saves the user's full name with the file. You can edit the name by choosing Tools - Options - $[officename] - User Data.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Fnameed 17 Displays the file name.
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2FDocumentInfoPage 32 Contains basic information about the current file.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2Fadd 2e Click to add a new row to the Properties list.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2Fproperties ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
2a sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2FCustomInfoPage 40 Allows you to assign custom information fields to your document.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fstatisticsinfopage%2FStatisticsInfoPage 29 Displays statistics for the current file.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Fprotect d7 Protects the change recording state with a password. If change recording is protected for the current document, the button is named Unprotect. Click Unprotect and type the correct password to disable the protection.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Frecordchanges 5e Select to enable recording changes. This is the same as Edit - Track Changes - Record Changes.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Freadonly 42 Select to allow this document to be opened in read-only mode only.
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2FSecurityInfoPage 2f Sets password options for the current document.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentfontspage%2FembedFonts 71 Mark this box to embed document fonts into the document file, for portability between different computer systems.
30 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentfontspage%2FDocumentFontsPage 2a Embed  document fonts in the current file.
13 .uno%3ATemplateMenu 5a Lets you organize and edit your templates, as well as save the current file as a template.
29 svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fassign 4e Select the field in the data table that corresponds to the address book entry.
28 svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fadmin 36 Add a new data source to the Address Book Source list.
2c svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fdatatable 2c Select the data table for your address book.
2d svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fdatasource 2d Select the data source for your address book.
18 .uno%3AAddressBookSource 45 Edit the field assignments and the data source for your address book.
32 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ABT_ORGANIZE 54 Opens the Template Management dialog where you can organize or create new templates.
2e SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ABT_EDIT 28 Opens the selected template for editing.
32 SFX2%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ALB_STYLESHEETS 28 Lists the available template categories.
2e SFX2%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ALB_SECTION 34 Select a category in which to save the new template.
28 SFX2%3AEDIT%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3AED_NAME 1e Enter a name for the template.
15 .uno%3ASaveAsTemplate 29 Saves the current document as a template.
13 .uno%3AOpenTemplate 3b Opens a dialog where you can select a template for editing.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A3 a8 Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A2 83 Specifies whether to scale down objects that are beyond the margins of the current printer so they fit on the paper in the printer.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A0 2c Specify how to scale slides in the printout.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A2 2d Specifies to print colors as black and white.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A1 27 Specifies to print colors as grayscale.
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintHidden%3ACheckBox 3f Specifies whether to print the pages that are currently hidden.
3a .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ASlidesPerPageOrder%3AListBox 32 Specify how to arrange slides on the printed page.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A2 46 Prints only the selected area(s) or object(s) in the current document.
34 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintName%3ACheckBox 37 Specifies whether to print the page name of a document.
2e .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageRange%3AEdit c3 To print a range of pages, use a format like 3-6. To print single pages, use a format like 7;9;11. You can print a combination of page ranges and single pages, by using a format like 3-6;8;10;12.
24 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fprinttofile 29 Prints to a file instead of to a printer.
40 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPicturesAndObjects%3ACheckBox 5d Specifies whether the graphics and drawings or OLE objects of your text document are printed.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fexpander 37 Show/Hide detailed information of the selected printer.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsIncludeEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 52 If checked empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintScale%3ANumericField 4a Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified factor.
2f .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ABorder%3ACheckBox 3a Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A2 4a Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified factor.
20 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Forderlb 2e Select order in which pages are to be printed.
34 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AFormulaText%3ACheckBox 5f Specifies whether to include the contents of the Commands window at the bottom of the printout.
35 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ASlidesPerPage%3AListBox 29 Select how many slides to print per page.
31 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ATitleRow%3ACheckBox 53 Specifies whether you want the name of the document to be included in the printout.
c .uno%3APrint 83 Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPageBackground%3ACheckBox 7b Specifies whether to print colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background).
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintControls%3ACheckBox 4b Specifies whether the form control fields of the text document are printed.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintHiddenText%3ACheckBox 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintBlackFonts%3ACheckBox 30 Specifies whether to always print text in black.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A1 42 Prints only the pages or slides that you specify in the Pages box.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 182 If this option is enabled automatically inserted blank pages are printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page.
3d .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintTextPlaceholder%3ACheckBox 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A1 44 Specifies that you do not want to further scale pages when printing.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A0 3b Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagecols 19 Select number of columns.
26 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Forientationlb 24 Select the orientation of the paper.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AListBox 29 Specify where to print comments (if any).
3d .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AFixedText 29 Specify where to print comments (if any).
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintLeftRightPages%3AListBox 2d Specify which pages to include in the output.
25 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Freverseorder 26 Check to print pages in reverse order.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPaperFromSetup%3ACheckBox 86 For printers with multiple trays this option specifies whether the paper tray used is specified by the system settings of the printer.
22 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fcopycount 32 Enter the number of copies that you want to print.
20 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fcollate 32 Preserves the page order of the original document.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A0 26 Specifies to print in original colors.
1e vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsetup 6a Opens the printer properties dialog. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fprinters f9 The list box shows the installed printers. Click the printer to use for the current print job. Click the Printer details button to see some information about the selected printer. Click the Properties button to change some of the printer properties.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fbordercb 28 Check to draw a border around each page.
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspect%3ACheckBox 44 Select the Brochure option to print the document in brochure format.
25 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagemarginsb 3e Select margin between individual pages on each sheet of paper.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspectInclude%3AListBox 2a Select which pages of a brochure to print.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspectRTL%3AListBox 5e For brochure printing, you can select a left-to-right order of pages or a right-to-left order.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A1 3c Adjusts the formula to the page format used in the printout.
29 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpaperspersheetlb 32 Select how many pages to print per sheet of paper.
26 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsheetmarginsb 37 Select margin between the printed pages and paper edge.
27 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsingleprintjob 68 Check to not rely on the printer to create collated copies but create a print job for each copy instead.
29 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagespersheetbtn 28 Print multiple pages per sheet of paper.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintDateTime%3ACheckBox 35 Specifies whether to print the current date and time.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A0 1b Prints the entire document.
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagerows 16 Select number of rows.
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageContentType%3AListBox 35 Select which parts of the document should be printed.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fprintersetupdialog%2Foptions af Opens the Printer Options dialog where you can override the global printer options set on the Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - Print panel for the current document.
2a svt%2Fui%2Fprintersetupdialog%2Fproperties 4f Changes the printer settings of your operating system for the current document.
24 svt%2Fui%2Fprintersetupdialog%2Fname 7a Lists the installed printers on your operating system. To change the default printer, select a printer name from the list.
32 svt%2Fui%2Fprintersetupdialog%2FPrinterSetupDialog 34 Select the default printer for the current document.
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsOOo 83 Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The OpenDocument file format is used.
16 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsMS 80 Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The Microsoft file format is used.
11 .uno%3ASendToMenu 3f Sends a copy of the current document to different applications.
f .uno%3ASendMail 7e Opens a new window in your default e-mail program with the current document as an attachment. The current file format is used.
15 HID_FILESAVE_TEMPLATE 74 Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.
26 HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_PUSHBUTTON_CANCEL b1 Creates a master document from the current Writer document. A new sub-document is created at each occurrence of a chosen paragraph style or outline level in the source document.
b .uno%3AQuit 47 Closes all $[officename] programs and prompts you to save your changes.
e .uno%3ASaveAll 2b Saves all modified $[officename] documents.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fdelete 1d Deletes the selected version.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fcompare 33 Compare the changes that were made in each version.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fshow 35 Displays the entire comment for the selected version.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fopen 31 Opens the selected version in a read-only window.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fversions 85 Lists the existing versions of the current document, the date and the time they were created, the author and the associated comments.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Falways 77 If you have made changes to your document, $[officename] automatically saves a new version when you close the document.
36 sfx%2Fui%2Fversioncommentdialog%2FVersionCommentDialog 7d Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked Show to open this dialog, you cannot edit the comment.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fsave a8 Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the Insert Version Comment dialog before you save the new version.
14 .uno%3AVersionDialog 89 Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete, and compare previous versions.
15 .uno%3ARecentFileList 51 Lists the most recently opened files. To open a file in the list, click its name.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_UNDO a1 Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Undo icon on the Standard bar.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_REDO 9a Reverses the action of the last Undo command. To select the Undo step that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the Redo icon on the Standard bar.
d .uno%3ARepeat 47 Repeats the last command. This command is available in Writer and Calc.
a .uno%3ACut 32 Removes and copies the selection to the clipboard.
b .uno%3ACopy 26 Copies the selection to the clipboard.
c .uno%3APaste 6f Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the location of the cursor, and replaces any selected text or objects.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmove_right 0 
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmove_down 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fno_shift 0 
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fdivide 0 
13 .uno%3APasteSpecial 5d Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the current file in a format that you can specify.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fobjects 0 
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fadd 0 
20 cui%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fsource 2e Displays the source of the clipboard contents.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Ftext 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fsubtract 0 
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fformats 0 
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fnone 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmultiply 0 
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fnumbers 0 
1e cui%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Flist 42 Select a format for the clipboard contents that you want to paste.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fdatetime 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fcomments 0 
d .uno%3ASelect 46 Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.
2b svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fcalcsearchin 9b Searches for the characters that you specify in formulas and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulas that contain 'SUM'.
23 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fcols 30 Searches from top to bottom through the columns.
23 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Frows 2c Searches from left to right across the rows.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearchall 89 Finds and selects all instances of the text or the format that you are searching for in the document (only in Writer and Calc documents).
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fallsheets 43 Searches through all of the sheets in the current spreadsheet file.
f .uno%3AFindText 50 Type the text to search in the current document. Press Enter to search the text.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fwholewords 48 Searches for whole words or cells that are identical to the search text.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fmatchcase 39 Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fbacksearch 67 Finds and selects the previous occurrence of the text or format that you searching for in the document.
2a svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplacelist 57 Enter the replacement text, or select a recent replacement text or style from the list.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearchlist 50 Enter the text that you want to find, or select a previous search from the list.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fselection 29 Searches only the selected text or cells.
f .uno%3AUpSearch 38 Click to search the next occurrence in upward direction.
13 .uno%3ASearchDialog 3a Finds or replaces text or formats in the current document.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearch 63 Finds and selects the next occurrence of the text or format that you searching for in the document.
27 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fnoformat 70 Click in the Find or the Replace box, and then click this button to remove the search criteria based on formats.
26 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplace 66 Replaces the selected text or format that you searched for, and then searches for the next occurrence.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Flayout c4 Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the Find list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace list.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Flabel3 5f Shows more or fewer search options. Click this label again to hide the extended search options.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fregexp 2b Allows you to use wildcards in your search.
11 .uno%3ADownSearch 3a Click to search the next occurrence in downward direction.
30 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplace_backwards 5d Search starts at the current cursor position and goes backwards to the beginning of the file.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplaceall 4f Replaces all of the occurrences of the text or format that you want to replace.
2d svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fmatchcharwidth 40 Distinguishes between half-width and full-width character forms.
2c svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsoundslikebtn 43 Sets the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsoundslike a5 Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Sounds button to specify the search options.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Fshorterfld 53 Enter the number of characters by which a word can be shorter than the search term.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Flongerfld 6e Enter the maximum number of characters by which a word can exceed the number of characters in the search term.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Fotherfld 48 Enter the number of characters in the search term that can be exchanged.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Frelaxbox 53 Searches for a term that matches any combination of the similarity search settings.
2c svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsimilaritybtn 2a Set the options for the similarity search.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsimilarity 8c Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsearchattrdialog%2FSearchAttrDialog 32 Select the attributes that you want to search for.
34 SVX%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_ATTRIBUTE 122 Choose the text attributes that you want to search for. For example, if you search for the Font attribute, all instances of text that do not use the default font are found. All text that has a directly coded font attribute, and all text where a style switches the font attribute, are found.
31 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_FORMAT 69 Finds specific text formatting features, such as font types, font effects, and text flow characteristics.
10 HID_GLBLTREE_DEL 2e Deletes the selection from the Navigator list.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel.down 3c Moves the selection down one position in the Navigator list.
19 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_NEW_FILE 27 Creates and inserts a new sub-document.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fsave a7 Saves a copy of the contents of the linked files in the master document. This ensures that the current contents are available when the linked files cannot be accessed.
15 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_FILE 3c Inserts one or more existing files into the master document.
1b HID_NAVIGATOR_GLOB_TREELIST b8 The Navigator lists the main components of the master document. If you rest the mouse pointer over a name of a sub-document in the list, the full path of the sub-document is displayed.
11 HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT b8 Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the index dialog is opened.
13 HID_GLBLTREE_UPDATE 36 Click and choose the contents that you want to update.
14 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_SEL 26 Updates the contents of the selection.
15 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_LINK 12 Updates all links.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fnavigatorpanel%2Fup 3a Moves the selection up one position in the Navigator list.
15 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_TEXT 90 Inserts a new paragraph in the master document where you can enter text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.
13 HID_GLBLTREEUPD_ALL 15 Updates all contents.
13 HID_GLBLTREE_INSERT 45 Inserts a file, an index, or a new document into the master document.
16 HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT_LINK 32 Changes the link properties for the selected file.
14 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_IDX 14 Updates all indexes.
14 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_IDX 41 Inserts an index or a table of contents into the master document.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FBREAK_LINK 99 Breaks the link between the source file and the current document. The most recently updated contents of the source file are kept in the current document.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FUPDATE_NOW 7a Updates the selected link so that the most recently saved version of the linked file is displayed in the current document.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FCHANGE_SOURCE 2d Change the source file for the selected link.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FMANUAL 37 Only updates the link when you click the Update button.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FAUTOMATIC d1 Automatically updates the contents of the link when you open the file. Any changes made in the source file are then displayed in the file containing the link. Linked graphic files can only be updated manually.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FTB_LINKS 68 Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialog where you can select another object for this link.
12 .uno%3AManageLinks c6 Lets you edit the properties of each link in the current document, including the path to the source file. This command is not available if the current document does not contain links to other files.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Fcategory 6c Lists the section that the link refers to in the source file. If you want, you can enter a new section here.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Ffile 22 Lists the path to the source file.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Fapp 36 Lists the application that last saved the source file.
13 .uno%3AOriginalSize 28 Resizes the object to the original size.
12 .uno%3AObjectMenue 60 Lets you edit a selected object in your file that you inserted with the Insert - Object command.
3d SFX2%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ACB_MARGINHEIGHTDEFAULT 1c Applies the default spacing.
3a SFX2%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ANM_MARGINHEIGHT dc Enter the amount of vertical space that you want to leave between the top and bottom edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
2f SFX2%3AEDIT%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3AED_FRAMENAME 7b Enter a name for the floating frame. The name cannot contain spaces, special characters, or begin with an underscore ( _ ).
29 SFX2%3AEDIT%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3AED_URL aa Enter the path and the name of the file that you want to display in the floating frame. You can also click the Browse button and locate the file that you want to display.
34 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ABT_FILEOPEN 5d Locate the file that you want to display in the selected floating frame, and then click Open.
39 SFX2%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ANM_MARGINWIDTH e2 Enter the amount of horizontal space that you want to leave between the right and the left edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
38 SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_SCROLLINGON 2e Displays the scrollbar for the floating frame.
23 SFX2%3ATABPAGE%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES a9 Changes the properties of the selected floating frame. Floating frames work best when they contain an html document, and when they are inserted in another html document.
39 SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_FRMBORDER_ON 2a Displays the border of the floating frame.
39 SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_SCROLLINGOFF 2b Hides the scrollbar for the floating frame.
3a SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_SCROLLINGAUTO 59 Mark this option if the currently active floating frame can have a scrollbar when needed.
3a SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_FRMBORDER_OFF 27 Hides the border of the floating frame.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_PROPERTY 3c Allows you to define the properties of the selected hotspot.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_MACRO 53 Lets you assign a macro that runs when you click the selected hotspot in a browser.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_ACTIVE 5e Disables or enables the hyperlink for the selected hotspot. A disabled hotspot is transparent.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYDELETE 22 Deletes the selected anchor point.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYINSERT 43 Adds an anchor point where you click on the outline of the hotspot.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYMOVE 43 Lets you move the individual anchor points of the selected hotspot.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Fcontainer 44 Displays the image map, so that you can click and edit the hotspots.
1c svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Ftext 59 Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FImapDialog 93 Allows you to attach URLs to specific areas, called hotspots, on a graphic or a group of graphics. An image map is a group of one or more hotspots.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_APPLY 33 Applies the changes that you made to the image map.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_OPEN 5b Loads an existing image map in the MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA or SIP StarView ImageMap file format.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLY 1bb Draws a polygonal hotspot in the graphic. Click this icon, drag in the graphic, and then click to define one side of the polygon. Move to where you want to place the end of the next side, and then click. Repeat until you have drawn all of the sides of the polygon. When you are finished, double-click to close the polygon. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYEDIT 4f Lets you change the shape of the selected hotspot by editing the anchor points.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_SAVEAS 53 Saves the image map in the MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA or SIP StarView ImageMap file format.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_SELECT 2f Selects a hotspot in the image map for editing.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_RECT b3 Draws a rectangular hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_FREEPOLY 122 Draws a hotspot that is based on a freeform polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a freeform line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
1b svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Furl 55 Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_CIRCLE b3 Draws an elliptical hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FdescTV 24 Enter a description for the hotspot.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Fnameentry 1b Enter a name for the image.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FframeCB a0 Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognized by all browsers from the list.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Ftextentry 59 Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Furlentry 55 Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FIMapDialog 2e Lists the properties for the selected hotspot.
12 .uno%3AChangesMenu 48 Lists the commands that are available for tracking changes in your file.
16 .uno%3ATraceChangeMode 4b Tracks each change that is made in the current document by author and date.
1d .uno%3AProtectTraceChangeMode 87 Prevents a user from deactivating the record changes feature, or from accepting or rejecting changes unless the user enters a password.
12 .uno%3AShowChanges 20 Shows or hides recorded changes.
19 cui%2Fui%2Fcomment%2Fedit 28 Enter a comment for the recorded change.
14 .uno%3AAcceptChanges 22 Accept or reject recorded changes.
11 HID_SORT_POSITION 82 Sorts the list in a descending order according to the position of the changes in the document. This is the default sorting method.
10 HID_SORT_COMMENT 4a Sorts the list according to the comments that are attached to the changes.
f HID_SORT_AUTHOR 27 Sorts the list according to the Author.
f HID_SORT_ACTION 2f Sorts the list according to the type of change.
16 HID_SC_CHANGES_COMMENT 29 Edit the comment for the selected change.
13 HID_SC_SORT_COMMENT 33 Lists the comments that are attached to the change.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fredlineviewpage%2Fchanges b0 Lists the changes that were recorded in the document. When you select an entry in the list, the change is highlighted in the document. To sort the list, click a column heading.
12 HID_SC_SORT_ACTION 31 Lists the changes that were made in the document.
12 HID_SC_SORT_AUTHOR 23 Lists the user who made the change.
d HID_SORT_DATE 2e Sorts the list according to the date and time.
2d svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Faccept 59 Accepts the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fredlineviewpage%2FRedlineViewPage 24 Accept or reject individual changes.
2d svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Freject 59 Rejects the selected change and removes the highlighting from the change in the document.
10 HID_SC_SORT_DATE 31 Lists the date and time that the change was made.
30 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Facceptall 4a Accepts all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document.
30 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Frejectall 4a Rejects all of the changes and removes the highlighting from the document.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fcommentedit 4f Filters the comments of the changes according to the keyword(s) that you enter.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fdotdotdot 3b Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Frangeedit 3b Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Frange 3b Select the range of cells that you want to use as a filter.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fendclock 3e Enters the current date and time into the corresponding boxes.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fauthorlist 5e Filters the list of changes according to the name of the author that you select from the list.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fendtime 50 Filters the list of changes according to the date and the time that you specify.
15 .uno%3AMergeDocuments 92 Imports changes made to copies of the same document into the original document. Changes made to footnotes, headers, frames and fields are ignored.
17 .uno%3ACompareDocuments 3e Compares the current document with a document that you select.
11 SID_FM_DELETEROWS 1c Deletes the selected record.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FremoveFilter 46 To display all of the records in a table, click the Reset Filter icon.
17 .uno%3ABib%2FautoFilter 96 Long-click to select the data field that you want to search using the term that you entered in the Search Key box. You can only search one data field.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_URL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SERIES_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_HOWPUBLISHED_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_NUMBER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FDeleteRecord 1b Deletes the current record.
12 .uno%3ABib%2Fquery 17e Type the information that you want to search for, and then press Enter. To change the filter options for the search, long-click the AutoFilter icon, and then select a different data field. You can use wildcards such as % or * for any number of characters, and _ or ? for one character in your search. To display all of the records in the table, clear this box, and then press Enter.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_MONTH_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_VOLUME_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FInsertRecord 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_EDITION_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_PAGES_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHORITYTYPE_POS a5 Select the type of record that you want to create. $[officename] inserts a number in the Type column of the record that corresponds to the type that you select here.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_JOURNAL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE 4d Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press Enter.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_INSTITUTION_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_LAST 23 Go to the last record in the table.
3c modules%2Fsbibliography%2Fui%2Fmappingdialog%2FMappingDialog a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEXT 23 Go to the next record in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHOR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_PREV 27 Go to the previous record in the table.
19 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_FIRST 24 Go to the first record in the table.
1b .uno%3ABib%2FstandardFilter 4b Use the Standard Filter to refine and to combine AutoFilter search options.
3a modules%2Fsbibliography%2Fui%2Ftoolbar%2FTBC_BT_COL_ASSIGN 48 Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_EDITOR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
14 .uno%3ABib%2FMapping bd Lets you map the column headings to data fields from a different data source. To define a different data source for your bibliography, click the Data Source button on the record Object Bar.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SCHOOL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_IDENTIFIER_POS 6a Enter a short name for the record. The short name appears in the Identifier column in the list of records.
13 .uno%3ABib%2Fsource 73 Lists the available tables in the current database. Click a name in the list to display the records for that table.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ADDRESS_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_TITLE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_NOTE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_YEAR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ISBN_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_PUBLISHER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_CHAPTER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_BOOKTITLE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ORGANIZATIONS_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
16 .uno%3ABib%2Fsdbsource 35 Select the data source for the bibliography database.
13 HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_REPORTTYPE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ANNOTE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fbookmode 83 In book mode view layout you see two pages side by side as in an open book. The first page is a right page with an odd page number.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fcolumnssb 6c In columns view layout you see pages in a given number of columns side by side. Enter the number of columns.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fcolumns 6c In columns view layout you see pages in a given number of columns side by side. Enter the number of columns.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fsinglepage 56 The single page view layout displays pages beneath each other, but never side by side.
17 HID_MNU_ZOOM_WHOLE_PAGE 28 Displays the entire page on your screen.
b .uno%3AZoom 37 Reduces or enlarges the screen display of %PRODUCTNAME.
14 HID_MNU_ZOOM_OPTIMAL 66 Resizes the display to fit the width of the text in the document at the moment the command is started.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2F100pc 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
17 HID_MNU_ZOOM_PAGE_WIDTH 6a Displays the complete width of the document page. The top and bottom edges of the page may not be visible.
14 SVX_HID_MNU_ZOOM_100 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
15 .uno%3AZoom100Percent 29 Displays the document at its actual size.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fzoomsb 5f Enter the zoom factor at which you want to display the document. Enter a percentage in the box.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2FZoomDialog 37 Reduces or enlarges the screen display of %PRODUCTNAME.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fautomatic 59 The automatic view layout displays pages side by side, as many as the zoom factor allows.
19 .uno%3AFunctionBarVisible 20 Shows or hides the Standard Bar.
1a .uno%3AShowImeStatusWindow 3b Shows or hides the Input Method Engine (IME) status window.
15 .uno%3AToolBarVisible 1d Shows or hides the Tools bar.
17 .uno%3AStatusBarVisible 3f Shows or hides the Status Bar at the bottom edge of the window.
15 .uno%3ATaskBarVisible 3f Shows or hides the Status Bar at the bottom edge of the window.
15 HID_FULLSCREENTOOLBOX 76 In Writer and Calc, you can also use the shortcut keys Ctrl+Shift+J to switch between the normal and full screen mode.
11 .uno%3AFullScreen 89 Shows or hides the menus and toolbars in Writer or Calc. To exit the full screen mode, click the Full Screen button or press the Esc key.
30 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE%3ABTN_NO 2a Rejects the deletion for the current file.
31 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE%3ABTN_ALL 2c Performs the deletion in all selected files.
31 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE%3ABTN_YES 2a Performs the deletion in the current file.
28 SFX2%3AMODALDIALOG%3ADLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE 21 Confirms or cancels the deletion.
14 HID_COLOR_CTL_COLORS 145 Click the color that you want to use. To change the fill color of an object in the current file, select the object and then click a color. To change the line color of the selected object, right-click a color. To change the color of text in a text object, double-click the text-object, select the text, and then click a color.
13 .uno%3AColorControl 8b Show or hides the Color Bar. To modify or change the color table that is displayed, choose Format - Area, and then click on the Colors tab.
18 .cmd%3ARestoreVisibility aa Choose View - Toolbars - Reset to reset the toolbars to their default context sensitive behavior. Now some toolbars will be shown automatically, dependent on the context.
18 .uno%3AAvailableToolbars 2a Opens a submenu to show and hide toolbars.
1a .uno%3ADeleteAllAnnotation 2c Delete all comments in the current document.
16 .uno%3AShowAnnotations 49 Use View - Comments to show or hide all comments (not available in Calc).
22 .uno%3ADeleteAllAnnotationByAuthor 3b Delete all comments by this author in the current document.
13 .uno%3ADeleteAuthor 3b Delete all comments by this author in the current document.
17 .uno%3ADeleteAnnotation 1b Delete the current comment.
11 .uno%3ADeleteNote 1b Delete the current comment.
15 .uno%3ADeleteAllNotes 2c Delete all comments in the current document.
17 .uno%3AInsertAnnotation 4d Inserts a comment around the selected text or at the current cursor position.
b .uno%3AScan 2b Inserts a scanned image into your document.
12 .uno%3ATwainSelect 29 Selects the scanner that you want to use.
14 .uno%3ATwainTransfer 82 Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document. The scanning dialog is provided by the manufacturer of the scanner.
17 HID_CHARMAP_CTL_SHOWSET 4a Click the special character(s) that you want to insert, and then click OK.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2Fsubsetlb 2f Select a Unicode category for the current font.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2Ffontlb 4c Select a font to display the special characters that are associated with it.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2FSpecialCharactersDialog 5a Allows a user to insert characters from the range of symbols found in the installed fonts.
d .uno%3ABullet 5a Allows a user to insert characters from the range of symbols found in the installed fonts.
13 .uno%3AInsertSymbol 5a Allows a user to insert characters from the range of symbols found in the installed fonts.
13 HID_FILEDLG_LINK_CB 2c Inserts the selected graphic file as a link.
1b HID_FILEOPEN_IMAGE_TEMPLATE 27 Select the frame style for the graphic.
16 HID_FILEDLG_PREVIEW_CB 30 Displays a preview of the selected graphic file.
14 .uno%3AInsertGraphic 49 Inserts an image into the current document centered on the page or slide.
11 .uno%3AObjectMenu 65 Inserts an embedded object into your document, including formulas, 3D models, charts and OLE objects.
23 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Furlbtn 3d Locate the file that you want to insert, and then click Open.
22 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Furled 5f Enter the name of the file that you want to link or embed, or click Search, to locate the file.
2b cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Fcreatefromfile 2c Creates an OLE object from an existing file.
22 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Ftypes 34 Select the type of document that you want to create.
26 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Fcreatenew 42 Creates a new OLE object based on the object type that you select.
13 .uno%3AInsertObject 6c Inserts an OLE object into the current document. The OLE object is inserted as a link or an embedded object.
1b .uno%3AInsertObjectStarMath 2c Inserts a formula into the current document.
20 .uno%3AInsertObjectFloatingFrame 87 Inserts a floating frame into the current document. Floating frames are used in HTML documents to display the contents of another file.
1c .uno%3AViewDataSourceBrowser 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
11 .uno%3ADataImport 6a Lists the databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME and lets you manage the contents of the databases.
12 .uno%3AGraphicMenu 56 The submenu presents various sources that an image, audio or video can be insert from.
1d .uno%3AStandardTextAttributes 50 Removes direct formatting and formatting by character styles from the selection.
11 .uno%3AFontDialog 45 Changes the font and the font formatting for the selected characters.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctllanglb 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlstylelb 2d Select the formatting that you want to apply.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlsizelb 6c Enter or select the font size that you want to apply. For scalable fonts, you can also enter decimal values.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlfontnamelb 59 Enter the name of an installed font that you want to use, or select a font from the list.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2FCharNamePage 3b Specify the formatting and the font that you want to apply.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fpositionlb 2c Specify where to display the emphasis marks.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Femphasislb 53 Select a character to display over or below the entire length of the selected text.
2a cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Findividualwordscb 3d Applies the selected effect only to words and ignores spaces.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Funderlinelb 7d Select the underlining style that you want to apply. To apply the underlining to words only, select the Individual Words box.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2FEffectsPage 2e Specify the font effects that you want to use.
f .uno%3AOverline 81 Overlines or removes overlining from the selected text. If the cursor is not in a word, the new text that you enter is overlined.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Ffontcolorlb 96 Sets the color for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text color is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.
21 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Frelieflb e1 Select a relief effect to apply to the selected text. The embossed relief makes the characters appear as if they are raised above the page. The engraved relief makes the characters appear as if they are pressed into the page.
22 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foutlinecb 5b Displays the outline of the selected characters. This effect does not work with every font.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Funderlinecolorlb 25 Select the color for the underlining.
10 .uno%3AFontColor cf Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fstrikeoutlb 33 Select a strikethrough style for the selected text.
21 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fshadowcb 4b Adds a shadow that casts below and to the right of the selected characters.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foverlinelb 7b Select the overlining style that you want to apply. To apply the overlining to words only, select the Individual Words box.
28 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foverlinecolorlb 24 Select the color for the overlining.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcommented 50 Enter a comment for the selected number format, and then click outside this box.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fedit 2d Adds a comment to the selected number format.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fadd 4a Adds the number format code that you entered to the user-defined category.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fformatted 5c Displays the number format code for the selected format. You can also enter a custom format.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fthousands 6c Inserts a separator between thousands. The type of separator that is used depends on your language settings.
1e .uno%3ATableNumberFormatDialog 38 Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcategorylb 56 Select a category from the list, and then select a formatting style in the Format box.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fdelete 23 Deletes the selected number format.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcurrencylb 71 Select a currency, and then scroll to the top of the Format list to view the formatting options for the currency.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fformatlb 49 Select how you want the contents of the selected cell(s) to be displayed.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fnegnumred 32 Changes the font color of negative numbers to red.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Flanguagelb 100 Specifies the language setting for the selected fields. With the language set to Automatic, $[officename] automatically applies the number formats associated with the system default language. Select any language to fix the settings for the selected fields.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fdenominatored 5e With fraction format, enter the number of places for the denominator that you want to display.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fsourceformat 4b Uses the same number format as the cells containing the data for the chart.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fdecimalsed 3c Enter the number of decimal places that you want to display.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fengineering 56 With scientific format, Engineering notation ensures that exponent is a multiple of 3.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fleadzerosed 4c Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display in front of the decimal point.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Funvisitedlb c1 Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles and Formatting icon on the Formatting toolbar.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Fvisitedlb bf Select a formatting style to use for visited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles and Formatting icon on the Formatting toolbar.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Ftargetfrmlb 71 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Fnameed 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Feventpb 3c Specify an event that triggers when you click the hyperlink.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Furlpb 3e Locate the file that you want to link to, and then click Open.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Furled 4c Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Ftexted 3a Enter the text that you want to display for the hyperlink.
19 .uno%3AInsertHyperlinkDlg 38 Assigns a new hyperlink or edits the selected hyperlink.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fpairkerning 4c Automatically adjust the character spacing for specific letter combinations.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fscalewidthsb 66 Enter the percentage of the font width by which to horizontally stretch or compress the selected text.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fraiselowersb 9e Enter the amount by which you want to raise or to lower the selected text in relation to the baseline. One hundred percent is equal to the height of the font.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fkerningsb 98 Specifies the spacing between the characters of the selected text. Enter the amount by which you want to expand or condense the text in the spin button.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fsubscript 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and lowers the text below the baseline.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fautomatic 6a Automatically sets the amount by which the selected text is raised or lowered in relation to the baseline.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Ffontsizesb 50 Enter the amount by which you want to reduce the font size of the selected text.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fnormal 2c Removes superscript or subscript formatting.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fsuperscript 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and raises the text above the baseline.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2FPositionPage 44 Specify the position, scaling, rotation, and spacing for characters.
24 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Fendbracket 83 Select the character to define the end of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Fstartbracket 85 Select the character to define the start of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select Other Characters.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Ftwolines 5a Allows you to write in double lines in the area that you selected in the current document.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2FTwoLinesPage 7f Sets the options for double-line writing for Asian languages. Select the characters in your text, and then choose this command.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckApplySpacing 3c Inserts a space between Asian, Latin and complex characters.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckHangPunct 88 Prevents commas and periods from breaking the line. Instead, these characters are added to the end of the line, even in the page margin.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckForbidList 89 Prevents the characters in the list from starting or ending a line. The characters are relocated to either the previous or the next line.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FAsianTypography f2 Set the typographic options for cells or paragraphs in Asian language files. To enable Asian language support, choose Language Settings - Languages in the Options dialog box, and then select the Enabled box in the Asian language support area.
10 .uno%3AEditStyle 4c Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_LINEDISTMETRIC 2c Enter the value to use for the line spacing.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FcheckCB_CONTEXTUALSPACING 94 Makes any space specified before or after this paragraph not be applied when the preceding and following paragraphs are of the same paragraph style.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FcomboLB_LINEDIST 4a Specify the amount of space to leave between lines of text in a paragraph.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_BOTTOMDIST 51 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave below the selected paragraph(s).
2d cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_TOPDIST 51 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave above the selected paragraph(s).
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_FLINEINDENT 12a Indents the first line of a paragraph by the amount that you enter. To create a hanging indent enter a positive value for "Before text" and a negative value for "First line". To indent the first line of a paragraph that uses numbering or bullets, choose "Format - Bullets and Numbering - Position".
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_RIGHTINDENT 184 Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_LEFTINDENT 184 Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FParaIndentSpacing 3d Sets the indenting and the spacing options for the paragraph.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_DELALL 80 Removes all of the tab stops that you defined under Position. Sets Left tab stops at regular intervals as the default tab stops.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_NEW 3c Adds the tab stop that you defined to the current paragraph.
37 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_OTHER 56 Allows you to specify a character to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
3c cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_UNDERSCORE 41 Draws a line to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FParagraphTabsPage 2e Set the position of a tab stop in a paragraph.
37 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_CENTER 2e Aligns the center of the text to the tab stop.
3a cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_DASHLINE 3e Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dashes.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_LEFT 53 Aligns the left edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the right.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_RIGHT 63 Aligns the right edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the left of the tab stop.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_DECIMAL 67 Aligns the decimal separator of a number to the center of the tab stop and text to the left of the tab.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FentryED_TABTYPE_DECCHAR 4e Enter a character that you want the decimal tab to use as a decimal separator.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FED_TABPOS fa Select a tab stop type, enter a new measurement, and then click New. If you want, you can also specify the measurement units to use for the tab (cm for centimeter, or " for inches). Existing tabs to the left of the first tab that you set are removed.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_NO 5c Inserts no fill characters, or removes existing fill characters to the left of the tab stop.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_POINTS 3c Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dots.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fdistancemf 1e Enter the width of the shadow.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2FBorderPage 43 Sets the border options for the selected objects in Writer or Calc.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Flinestylelb 6b Click the border style that you want to apply. The style is applied to the borders selected in the preview.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Flinecolorlb 46 Select the line color that you want to use for the selected border(s).
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fpresets 2a Select a predefined border style to apply.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fleftmf 63 Enter the distance that you want to have between the left border and the contents of the selection.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fshadowcolorlb 1e Select a color for the shadow.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Frightmf 64 Enter the distance that you want to have between the right border and the contents of the selection.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fshadows 2e Click a shadow style for the selected borders.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fbottommf 65 Enter the distance that you want to have between the bottom border and the contents of the selection.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Ftopmf 62 Enter the distance that you want to have between the top border and the contents of the selection.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fsync 5f Applies the same spacing to contents setting to all four borders when you enter a new distance.
18 SVX_HID_POPUP_COLOR_CTRL 71 Click a color. Click No Fill to remove a background or highlighting color. Click Automatic to reset a font color.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Ftilerb 53 Repeats the graphic so that it covers the entire background of the selected object.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Farearb 4b Stretches the graphic to fill the entire background of the selected object.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fpositionrb 43 Select this option, and then click a location in the position grid.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fbrowse 52 Locate the graphic file that you want to use as a background, and then click Open.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fshowpreview 34 Displays or hides a preview of the selected graphic.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fbackgroundcolorset 62 Click the color that you want to use as a background. To remove a background color, click No Fill.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Flink 38 Links to or embeds the graphic file in the current file.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fselectlb 35 Select the type of background that you want to apply.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2FBackgroundPage 24 Set the background color or graphic.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Ftextdirectionlb 99 Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_JUSTIFYALIGN 3f Aligns the paragraph to the left and to the right page margins.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_CENTERALIGN 32 Centers the contents of the paragraph on the page.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_RIGHTALIGN 2e Aligns the paragraph to the right page margin.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_LEFTALIGN 2d Aligns the paragraph to the left page margin.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FParaAlignPage 44 Sets the alignment of the paragraph relative to the margins of page.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Forigsize 32 Returns the selected graphic to its original size.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fheight 28 Enter a height for the selected graphic.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fkeepscale 68 Maintains the original scale of the graphic when you crop, so that only the size of the graphic changes.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fkeepsize 123 Maintains the original size of the graphic when you crop, so that only the scale of the graphic changes. To reduce the scale of the graphic, select this option and enter negative values in the cropping boxes. To increase the scale of the graphic, enter positive values in the cropping boxes.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fwidth 27 Enter a width for the selected graphic.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fright 163 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the right edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the right of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2FCropPage 5c Trims or scales the selected graphic. You can also restore the graphic to its original size.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fheightzoom 39 Enter the height of the selected graphic as a percentage.
1c cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fbottom 151 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the bottom of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space below the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.
19 cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Ftop 14e If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the top of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space above the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.
1a cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fleft 161 If the Keep Scale option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the left edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the left of the graphic. If the Keep image size option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fwidthzoom 39 Enter the width for the selected graphic as a percentage.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fcategory 7f Displays the category for the current style. If you are creating or modifying a new style, select 'Custom Style' from the list.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Flinkedwith 69 Select an existing style that you want to base the new style on, or select none to define your own style.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fnextstyle 102 Select an existing style that you want to follow the current style in your document. For paragraph styles, the next style is applied to the paragraph that is created when you press Enter. For page styles, the next style is applied when a new page is created.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fautoupdate b0 Updates the style when you apply direct formatting to a paragraph using this style in your document. The formatting of all paragraphs using this style is automatically updated.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fdesc 3c Describes the relevant formatting used in the current style.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fnamerw a7 Displays the name of the selected style. If you are creating or modifying a custom style, enter a name for the style. You cannot change the name of a predefined style.
2c sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2FManageStylePage 27 Set the options for the selected style.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckAdaptBox 86 Resizes the drawing objects so that they fit on the paper format that you select. The arrangement of the drawing objects is preserved.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboLayoutFormat 51 Select the page numbering format that you want to use for the current page style.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckbuttonVert 0 
2e cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboRegisterStyle 0 
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckbuttonHorz 0 
2d cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckRegisterTrue 43 Aligns the text on the selected Page Style to a vertical page grid.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargTop 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the upper edge of the page and the document text.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargBot 5c Enter the amount of space to leave between the lower edge of the page and the document text.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FPageFormatPage 73 Allows you to define page layouts for single and multiple-page documents, as well as a numbering and paper formats.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPageFormat 81 Select a predefined paper size, or create a custom format by entering the dimensions for the paper in the Height and Width boxes.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinWidth 5f Displays the width of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a width here.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FradiobuttonPortrait 4c Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented vertically.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPageLayout 60 Specify whether the current style should show odd pages, even pages, or both odd and even pages.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FradiobuttonLandscape 4e Displays and prints the current document with the paper oriented horizontally.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargRight e8 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the outer text margin and the outer edge of the page.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinHeight 61 Displays the height of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a height here.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPaperTray ea Select the paper source for your printer. If you want, you can assign different paper trays to different page styles. For example, assign a different tray to the First Page style and load the tray with your company's letterhead paper.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboTextFlowBox 40 Select the text direction that you want to use in your document.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargLeft e7 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the document text. If you are using the Mirrored page layout, enter the amount of space to leave between the inner text margin and the inner edge of the page.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FbuttonEdit 0 
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FbuttonMore 4d Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the header.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckSameFP 30 First and even/odd pages share the same content.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckFooterOn 28 Adds a header to the current page style.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckSameLR 2a Even and odd pages share the same content.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FHFFormatPage 78 Adds a header to the current page style. A header is an area in the top page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckAutofit 51 Automatically adjusts the height of the header to fit the content that you enter.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinMargLeft 60 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin and the left edge of the header.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinMargRight 62 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right page margin and the right edge of the header.
2f svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckDynSpacing 76 Overrides the Spacing setting, and allows the header to expand into the area between the header and the document text.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinSpacing 80 Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the header and the top edge of the document text.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinHeight 2e Enter the height that you want for the header.
12 HID_SC_FOOTER_EDIT 0 
15 SC_HID_SC_FOOTER_EDIT 18 Add or edit footer text.
2d SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER_CB_DYNSPACING 71 Overrides the Spacing setting and allows the footer to expand into the area between the footer and document text.
11 HID_FORMAT_FOOTER 7b Adds a footer to the current page style. A footer is an area in the bottom page margin, where you can add text or graphics.
2f SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_TURNON 28 Adds a footer to the current page style.
2f SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_SHARED 2a Even and odd pages share the same content.
35 SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_SHARED_FIRST 30 First and even/odd pages share the same content.
32 SVX%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ABTN_EXTRAS 4d Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the footer.
33 SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_LMARGIN 65 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the footer.
33 SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_RMARGIN 67 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the page and the right edge of the footer.
30 SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_DIST 80 Enter the amount of space that you want to maintain between the bottom edge of the document text and the top edge of the footer.
32 SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_HEIGHT 29 Enter the height you want for the footer.
33 SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_HEIGHT_DYN 4c Automatically adjusts the height of the footer to fit the content you enter.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToKatakana 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Katakana characters.
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToHiragana 3d Changes the selected Asian characters to Hiragana characters.
1d .uno%3AChangeCaseToToggleCase 30 Toggles case of all selected western characters.
1f .uno%3AChangeCaseToSentenceCase 56 Changes the first letter of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToLower 40 Changes the selected western characters to lowercase characters.
1a SID_TRANSLITERATE_SENTENCE 56 Changes the first letter of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToTitleCase 67 Changes the first character of every word of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
18 .uno%3ATransliterateMenu 88 Changes the case of characters in the selection. If the cursor is within a word and no text is selected, then the word is the selection.
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToUpper 40 Changes the selected western characters to uppercase characters.
1c SID_TRANSLITERATE_CAPITALIZE 67 Changes the first character of every word of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToFullWidth 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to full width characters.
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToHalfWidth 3f Changes the selected Asian characters to half-width characters.
18 SID_TRANSLITERATE_TOGGLE 30 Toggles case of all selected western characters.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fstyles 6d Opens the Styles and Formatting deck of the Sidebar where you can select a character style for the ruby text.
30 svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fpositionlb 2d Select where you want to place the ruby text.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fadjustlb 32 Select the horizontal alignment for the Ruby text.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FRight4ED 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fstylelb 2b Select a character style for the ruby text.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FLeft4ED 82 Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.
11 .uno%3ARubyDialog 54 Allows you to add comments above Asian characters to serve as a pronunciation guide.
15 .uno%3AAlignFrameMenu 34 Aligns selected objects with respect to one another.
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft a1 Aligns the left edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the left edge of the object is aligned to the left page margin.
1c .uno%3AAlignHorizontalCenter a7 Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.
11 .uno%3AAlignRight a4 Aligns the right edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Impress or Draw, the right edge of the object is aligned to the right page margin.
f .uno%3AAlignTop ab Vertically aligns the top edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the top edge of the object is aligned to the upper page margin.
1a .uno%3AAlignVerticalCenter a3 Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.
12 .uno%3AAlignBottom b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
10 .uno%3AAlignDown b1 Vertically aligns the bottom edges of the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the bottom edge of the object is aligned to the lower page margin.
f .uno%3ALeftPara 39 Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left page margin.
10 .uno%3ARightPara 3a Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the right page margin.
11 .uno%3ACenterPara 2e Centers the selected paragraph(s) on the page.
12 .uno%3AJustifyPara cd Aligns the selected paragraph(s) to the left and the right page margins. If you want, you can also specify the alignment options for the last line of a paragraph by choosing Format - Paragraph - Alignment.
11 .uno%3AMergeCells 45 Combines the contents of the selected table cells into a single cell.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fvert 63 Splits the selected cell(s) into the number of columns that you specify in the Split cell into box.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fprop 27 Splits cells into rows of equal height.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fhori 60 Splits the selected cell(s) into the number of rows that you specify in the Split cell into box.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fcountnf 55 Enter the number of rows or columns that you want to split the selected cell(s) into.
10 .uno%3ASplitCell 65 Splits the cell or group of cells horizontally or vertically into the number of cells that you enter.
12 .uno%3ACellVertTop 3c Aligns the contents of the cell to the top edge of the cell.
15 .uno%3ACellVertCenter 44 Centers the contents of the cell between top and bottom of the cell.
15 .uno%3ACellVertBottom 3f Aligns the contents of the cell to the bottom edge of the cell.
b .uno%3ABold 9c Makes the selected text bold. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made bold. If the selection or word is already bold, the formatting is removed.
d .uno%3AItalic a2 Makes the selected text italic. If the cursor is in a word, the entire word is made italic. If the selection or word is already italic, the formatting is removed.
16 .uno%3AUnderlineDouble 2c Underlines the selected text with two lines.
10 .uno%3AUnderline 39 Underlines or removes underlining from the selected text.
10 .uno%3AStrikeout 57 Draws a line through the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, the entire word.
f .uno%3AShadowed 56 Adds a shadow to the selected text, or if the cursor is in a word, to the entire word.
15 .uno%3ADistributeRows 60 Adjusts the height of the selected rows to match the height of the tallest row in the selection.
12 .uno%3ASuperScript 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and raises the text above the baseline.
10 .uno%3ASubScript 52 Reduces the font size of the selected text and lowers the text below the baseline.
11 .uno%3ASpacePara1 52 Applies single line spacing to the current paragraph. This is the default setting.
12 .uno%3ASpacePara15 45 Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to one and half lines.
11 .uno%3ASpacePara2 3c Sets the line spacing of the current paragraph to two lines.
18 .uno%3ADistributeColumns 63 Adjusts the width of the selected columns to match the width of the widest column in the selection.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fnewstyle%2Fstylename 1f Enter a name for the new Style.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fstringinput%2Fedit 37 Enter a name for the new AutoFormat, and then click OK.
18 HID_SD_NAMEDIALOG_OBJECT 50 Enter a name for the selected object. The name will be visible in the Navigator.
13 .uno%3ARenameObject 60 Assigns a name to the selected object, so that you can quickly find the object in the Navigator.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2Fdesc_entry e3 Enter a description text. The long description text can be entered to describe a complex object or group of objects to users with screen reader software. The description is visible as an alternative tag for accessibility tools.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2Fobject_title_entry 7c Enter a title text. This short name is visible as an alternative tag in HTML format. Accessibility tools can read this text.
38 cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2FObjectTitleDescDialog 9c Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.
1d .uno%3AObjectTitleDescription 9c Assigns a title and a description to the selected object. These are accessible for accessibility tools and as alternative tags when you export the document.
11 .uno%3AFormatLine 32 Sets the formatting options for the selected line.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_CAP_STYLE 52 Select the style of the line end caps. The caps are added to inner dashes as well.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FCBX_SYNCHRONIZE 8a Automatically updates both arrowhead settings when you enter a different width, select a different arrowhead style,or center an arrowhead.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FTSB_CENTER_END 4e Places the center of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.
24 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLineTabPage 93 Set the formatting options for the selected line or the line that you want to draw. You can also add arrowheads to a line, or change chart symbols.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_LINE_STYLE 2b Select the line style that you want to use.
21 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_COLOR 1c Select a color for the line.
2b cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LINE_WIDTH 99 Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.
2d cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_LINE_TRANSPARENT 71 Enter the transparency of the line, where 100% corresponds to completely transparent and 0% to completely opaque.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_END_STYLE 41 Select the arrowhead that you want to apply to the selected line.
2a cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_END_WIDTH 20 Enter a width for the arrowhead.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FCB_SYMBOL_RATIO 53 Maintains the proportions of the symbol when you enter a new height or width value.
29 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMB_SYMBOL_BITMAP 3b Select the symbol style that you want to use in your chart.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_EDGE_STYLE 91 Select the shape to be used at the corners of the line. In case of a small angle between lines, a mitered shape is replaced with a beveled shape.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMF_SYMBOL_WIDTH 1d Enter a width for the symbol.
29 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMF_SYMBOL_HEIGHT 1e Enter a height for the symbol.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_SAVE 4b Saves the current list of line styles, so that you can load it again later.
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_LOAD 1e Imports a list of line styles.
2b cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FLB_LINESTYLES 31 Select the style of line that you want to create.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fnamedialog%2FNameDialog d Enter a name.
2d cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FCBX_SYNCHRONIZE 45 Automatically adjusts the entries relative to the length of the line.
c HID_LINE_DEF 2c Edit or create dashed or dotted line styles.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FNUM_FLD_2 50 Enter the number of times that you want a dot or a dash to appear in a sequence.
2e cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between dots or dashes.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FLB_TYPE_2 38 Select the combination of dashes and dots that you want.
2e cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LENGTH_2 1d Enter the length of the dash.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_ADD 34 Creates a new line style using the current settings.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY 8a Updates the selected line style using the current settings. To change the name of the selected line style, enter a new name when prompted.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_LOAD 1f Imports a list of arrow styles.
27 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY 2d Changes the name of the selected arrow style.
24 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_ADD 5d To define a custom arrow style, select a drawing object in the document, and then click here.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FLB_LINEENDS 39 Choose a predefined arrow style symbol from the list box.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_SAVE 46 Saves the current list of arrow styles, so that you can load it later.
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FEDT_NAME 2e Displays the name of the selected arrow style.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FLineEndPage 1c Edit or create arrow styles.
11 .uno%3AFormatArea 38 Sets the fill properties of the selected drawing object.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_BITMAP 3d Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_HATCHING c9 Fills the selected object with the hatching pattern that you click in the list. To apply a background color to the hatching pattern, select the Background color box, and then click a color in the list.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_GRADIENT 47 Fills the selected object with the gradient that you click in the list.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_COLOR 44 Fills the selected object with the color that you click in the list.
10 .uno%3AFillStyle 4e Select the type of fill that you want to apply to the selected drawing object.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FAreaTabPage 35 Set the fill options for the selected drawing object.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fmodify 80 Applies the current gradient properties to the selected gradient. If you want, you can save the gradient under a different name.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fgradienttypelb 2b Select the gradient that you want to apply.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcenterxmtr cc Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current horizontal location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolortolb 30 Select a color for the endpoint of the gradient.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2FGradientPage 42 Set the properties of a gradient, or save and load gradient lists.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcenterymtr c8 Enter the vertical offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current vertical location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fadd 6f Adds a custom gradient to the current list. Specify the properties of your gradient, and then click this button
22 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fanglemtr 31 Enter a rotation angle for the selected gradient.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolorfromlb 37 Select a color for the beginning point of the gradient.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fbordermtr 9c Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the area of the endpoint color on the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To box.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolorfrommtr 72 Enter the intensity for the color in the From box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolortomtr 70 Enter the intensity for the color in the To box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fmodify 87 Applies the current hatching properties to the selected hatching pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name.
1a cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fadd 80 Adds a custom hatching pattern to the current list. Specify the properties of your hatching pattern, and then click this button.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Flinecolorlb 24 Select the color of the hatch lines.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Flinetypelb 34 Select the type of hatch lines that you want to use.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fanglemtr 54 Enter the rotation angle for the hatch lines, or click a position in the angle grid.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fdistancemtr 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to have between the hatch lines.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2FHatchPage 4a Set the properties of a hatching pattern, or save and load hatching lists.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_IMPORT 80 Locate the bitmap that you want to import, and then click Open. The bitmap is added to the end of the list of available bitmaps.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBitmapTabPage 95 Select a bitmap that you want to use as a fill pattern, or create your own pixel pattern. You can also import bitmaps, and save or load bitmap lists.
11 .uno%3AFillShadow c9 Adds a shadow to the selected object. If the object already has a shadow, the shadow is removed. If you click this icon when no object is selected, the shadow is added to the next object that you draw.
39 SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3AMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 52 Enter the distance that you want the shadow to be offset from the selected object.
3f SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3AMTR_SHADOW_TRANSPARENT 64 Enter a percentage from 0% (opaque) to 100% (transparent) to specify the transparency of the shadow.
11 HID_TPSHADOW_CTRL 28 Click where you want to cast the shadow.
38 SVX%3ATRISTATEBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3ATSB_SHOW_SHADOW 2d Adds a shadow to the selected drawing object.
34 SVX%3ALISTBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3ALB_SHADOW_COLOR 1e Select a color for the shadow.
f HID_AREA_SHADOW 55 Add a shadow to the selected drawing object, and define the properties of the shadow.
33 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_END_VALUE 74 Enter a transparency value for the endpoint of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_OFF 1d Turns off color transparency.
35 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_START_VALUE 7b Enter a transparency value for the beginning point of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRANSPARENT 6e Adjusts the transparency of the current fill color. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).
33 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_GRADIENT 74 Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill color. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.
32 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_CENTER_X 2d Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient.
31 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_LINEAR 8c Turns on color transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
32 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_CENTER_Y 2b Enter the vertical offset for the gradient.
34 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FTransparencyTabPage 50 Set the transparency options for the fill that you apply to the selected object.
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_BORDER 6b Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the transparent area of the gradient. The default value is 0%.
37 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FLB_TRGR_GRADIENT_TYPES 40 Select the type of transparency gradient that you want to apply.
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_ANGLE 28 Enter a rotation angle for the gradient.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_FULL_WIDTH 48 Anchors the text to the full width of the drawing object or text object.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_BOTTOM 7a Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom edge of the drawing or text object and the lower border of the text.
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTextAttributesPage 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_RIGHT 79 Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the drawing or text object and the right border of the text.
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH 61 Expands the width of the object to the width of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT 63 Expands the height of the object to the height of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_FIT_TO_SIZE 46 Resizes the text to fit the entire area of the drawing or text object.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_WORDWRAP_TEXT 59 Wraps the text that you add after double-clicking a custom shape to fit inside the shape.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_CONTOUR 54 Adapts the text flow so that it matches the contours of the selected drawing object.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_SIZE 56 Resizes a custom shape to fit the text that you enter after double-clicking the shape.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LEFT 77 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the drawing or text object and the left border of the text.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FCTL_POSITION 36 Click where you want to place the anchor for the text.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_TOP 77 Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the drawing or text object and the upper border of the text.
16 .uno%3ATransformDialog 37 Resizes, moves, rotates, or slants the selected object.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT 63 Expands the height of the object to the height of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH 61 Expands the width of the object to the width of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCTL_POSRECT f2 Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the amount that you want to shift the object relative to the base point that you selected in the Position Y and Position X boxes. The base points correspond to the selection handles on an object.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_SIZEPROTECT 26 Prevents you from resizing the object.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_X 6f Enter the horizontal distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_Y 6d Enter the vertical distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_WIDTH 26 Enter a width for the selected object.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCBX_SCALE 3a Maintains proportions when you resize the selected object.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FPositionAndSize 25 Resizes or moves the selected object.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCTL_SIZERECT 7d Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the new size dimensions for the selected object in the Width and Height boxes.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_HEIGHT 27 Enter a height for the selected object.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_POSPROTECT 44 Prevents changes to the position or the size of the selected object.
26 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FCTL_ANGLE 3f Click to specify the rotation angle in multiples of 45 degrees.
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FCTL_RECT 2e Click where you want to place the pivot point.
2a cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_Y 4d Enter the vertical distance from the top edge of the page to the pivot point.
2a cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_X 50 Enter the horizontal distance from the left edge of the page to the pivot point.
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FNF_ANGLE 48 Enter the number of degrees that you want to rotate the selected object.
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FRotation 1c Rotates the selected object.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FMTR_FLD_ANGLE 22 Enter the angle of the slant axis.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FMTR_FLD_RADIUS 49 Enter the radius of the circle that you want to use to round the corners.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FSlantAndCornerRadius 4a Slants the selected object, or rounds the corners of a rectangular object.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Foptimal 3d Click here to display a single-angled line in an optimal way.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Flength 73 Enter the length of the callout line segment that extends from the callout box to the inflection point of the line.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fposition 56 Select where you want to extend the callout line from, in relation to the callout box.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fspacing 6a Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the end of the callout line, and the callout box.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fvalueset 47 Click the Callout style that you want to apply to the selected callout.
f .uno%3AFlipMenu 36 Flips the selected object horizontally, or vertically.
11 .uno%3AMirrorVert 3b Flips the selected object(s) vertically from top to bottom.
1d .uno%3AObjectMirrorHorizontal 3d Flips the selected object(s) horizontally from left to right.
15 .uno%3AObjectPosition 35 Changes the stacking order of the selected object(s).
13 .uno%3ABringToFront 64 Moves the selected object to the top of the stacking order, so that it is in front of other objects.
17 .uno%3AObjectForwardOne 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
e .uno%3AForward 5a Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.
14 .uno%3AObjectBackOne 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
f .uno%3ABackward 63 Moves the selected object down one level, so that it is closer to the bottom of the stacking order.
11 .uno%3ASendToBack 66 Moves the selected object to the bottom of the stacking order, so that it is behind the other objects.
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToForeground 2b Moves the selected object in front of text.
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToBackground 26 Moves the selected object behind text.
11 .uno%3AAnchorMenu 33 Sets the anchoring options for the selected object.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPage 2e Anchors the selected item to the current page.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPara 33 Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToCell 24 Anchors the selected item to a cell.
17 .uno%3ASetAnchorToFrame 33 Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToChar c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorAsChar c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectBezierMode 39 Lets you change the shape of the selected drawing object.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcolor 23 Select a color for the text shadow.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fslant a2 Adds a slant shadow to the text in the selected object. Click this button, and then enter the dimensions of the shadow in the Distance X and the Distance Y boxes.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fnoshadow 38 Removes the shadow effects that you applied to the text.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Findent 6d Enter the amount of space to leave between the beginning of the text baseline, and the beginning of the text.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistance 75 Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the text baseline and the base of the individual characters.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fautosize 38 Resizes the text to fit the length of the text baseline.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistancey 53 Enter the vertical distance between the text characters and the edge of the shadow.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fright 36 Aligns the text to the right end of the text baseline.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcontour 46 Shows or hides the text baseline, or the edges of the selected object.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fupright 97 Uses the top or the bottom edge of the selected object as the text baseline and preserves the original vertical alignment of the individual characters.
16 HID_FONTWORK_CTL_FORMS 42 Click the shape of the baseline that you want to use for the text.
f .uno%3AFontWork 66 Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Foff 1c Removes baseline formatting.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Ftextcontour 44 Shows or hides the borders of the individual characters in the text.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Forientation 9c Reverses the text flow direction, and flips the text horizontally or vertically. To use this command, you must first apply a different baseline to the text.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistancex 55 Enter the horizontal distance between the text characters and the edge of the shadow.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Frotate 4c Uses the top or the bottom edge of the selected object as the text baseline.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fhori 36 Horizontally slants the characters in the text object.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fvert 34 Vertically slants the characters in the text object.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fvertical 9c Adds a shadow to the text in the selected object. Click this button, and then enter the dimensions of the shadow in the Distance X and the Distance Y boxes.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fleft 35 Aligns the text to the left end of the text baseline.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcenter 26 Centers the text on the text baseline.
10 .uno%3AGroupMenu 61 Groups keep together selected objects, so that they can be moved or formatted as a single object.
12 .uno%3AFormatGroup 4a Groups the selected objects, so that they can be moved as a single object.
14 .uno%3AFormatUngroup 38 Breaks apart the selected group into individual objects.
11 .uno%3AEnterGroup a1 Opens the selected group, so that you can edit the individual objects. If the selected group contains nested group, you can repeat this command on the subgroups.
11 .uno%3ALeaveGroup 54 Exits the group, so that you can no longer edit the individual objects in the group.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_DELAY 3d Enter the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_PIXEL 23 Measures increment value in pixels.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTextAnimation 44 Adds an animation effect to the text in the selected drawing object.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FLB_EFFECT 8f Select the animation effect that you want to apply to the text in the selected drawing object. To remove an animation effect, select No Effect.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_DOWN 20 Scrolls text from top to bottom.
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_ENDLESS 9a Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, clear this checkbox, and enter a number in the Continuous box.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_LEFT 20 Scrolls text from right to left.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_AUTO c5 $[officename] automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, clear this checkbox, and then enter a value in the Automatic box.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_RIGHT 20 Scrolls text from left to right.
2d cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_START_INSIDE 49 Text is visible and inside the drawing object when the effect is applied.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_AMOUNT 3b Enter the number of increments by which to scroll the text.
23 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_UP 20 Scrolls text from bottom to top.
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FNUM_FLD_COUNT 47 Enter the number of times that you want the animation effect to repeat.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_STOP_INSIDE 31 Text remains visible after the effect is applied.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2Fdefault c1 Adjusts the row height to the size based on the default template. Existing contents may be shown vertically cropped. The height no longer increases automatically when you enter larger contents.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2Fvalue 2a Enter the row height that you want to use.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2FRowHeightDialog 3c Changes the height of the current row, or the selected rows.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2Fdefault 41 Automatically adjusts the column width based on the current font.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2Fvalue 2c Enter the column width that you want to use.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2FColWidthDialog 41 Changes the width of the current column, or the selected columns.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckHyphActive 3c Enables word hyphenation for text wrapping to the next line.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckWrapTextAuto 66 Wraps text onto another line at the cell border. The number of lines depends on the width of the cell.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FspinDegrees a2 Enter the rotation angle for the text in the selected cell(s). A positive number rotates the text to the left and a negative number rotates the text to the right.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcomboboxHorzAlign 53 Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.
11 .uno%3AAlignBlock 4a Aligns the contents of the cell to the left and to the right cell borders.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FspinIndentFrom 44 Indents from the left edge of the cell by the amount that you enter.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckVertStack 17 Aligns text vertically.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FCellAlignPage 57 Sets the alignment options for the contents of the current cell, or the selected cells.
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft 2c Aligns the contents of the cell to the left.
13 .uno%3AAlignVCenter 2f Sets the text orientation of the cell contents.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcomboboxVertAlign 33 Aligns the cell contents to the bottom of the cell.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckShrinkFitCellSize aa Reduces the apparent size of the font so that the contents of the cell fit into the current cell width. You cannot apply this command to a cell that contains line breaks.
11 .uno%3AAlignRight 2d Aligns the contents of the cell to the right.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2Fdialcontrol 2e Click in the dial to set the text orientation.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckAsianMode 133 Aligns Asian characters one below the other in the selected cell(s). If the cell contains more than one line of text, the lines are converted to text columns that are arranged from right to left. Western characters in the converted text are rotated 90 degrees to the right. Asian characters are not rotated.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2Freferences 3b Specify the cell edge from which to write the rotated text.
f .uno%3AAlignTop 3e Aligns the contents of the cell to the upper edge of the cell.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_NUMBEROFRECORDS b7 Displays the number of records. For example, "Record 7 of 9(2)" indicates that two records (2) are selected in a table containing 9 records, and that the cursor is in record number 7.
17 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW 2c Inserts a new record into the current table.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE 4d Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press Enter.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_PREV 27 Go to the previous record in the table.
19 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_FIRST 24 Go to the first record in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_LAST 23 Go to the last record in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEXT 23 Go to the next record in the table.
1b DBACCESS_HID_CTL_TABBROWSER 87 Select database records. Drag-and-drop rows or cells to the document to insert contents. Drag-and-drop column headers to insert fields.
17 HID_BROWSER_TABLEFORMAT 1c Formats the selected row(s).
18 HID_BROWSER_COLUMNFORMAT 1f Formats the selected column(s).
f .uno%3AWindow3D 41 Specifies the properties of 3D object(s) in the current document.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdoublesided 60 Closes the shape of a 3D object that was created by extruding a freeform line (Convert - To 3D).
2e svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdoublesidedillum 8f Lights the object from the outside and the inside. To use an ambient light source, click this button, and then click the Invert Normals button.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Finvertnormals 19 Inverts the light source.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fgeometry 108 Adjusts the shape of the selected 3D object. You can only modify the shape of a 3D object that was created by converting a 2D object. To convert a 2D object to 3D, select the object, right-click, and then choose Convert - To 3D, or Convert - To 3D Rotation Object.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fobjspecific 80 Renders the 3D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fscaleddepth 67 Enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the area of the front side of the selected 3D object.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fangle 45 Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3D rotation object.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdepth 67 Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3D object. This option is not valid for 3D rotation objects.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdiagonal 52 Enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of the selected 3D object.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fhori 52 Enter the number of horizontal segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fspherical 1c Renders a smooth 3D surface.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fveri 4f Enter the number of vertical segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fflat 23 Renders the 3D surface as polygons.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ffocal 81 Enter the focal length of the camera, where a small value corresponds to a "fisheye" lens, and a large value to a telephoto lens.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fslant 3b Enter an angle from 0 to 90 degrees for casting the shadow.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fshadow 35 Adds or removes a shadow from the selected 3D object.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdistance 55 Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the center of the selected object.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fmode 135 Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single color to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colors across the polygons. Phong shading averages the color of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Frepresentation 3f Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3D object.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fambientcolor 25 Select a color for the ambient light.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flightcolor1 2c Select a color for the current light source.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flight8 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flight 33 Define the light source for the selected 3D object.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcircley 3f Wraps the vertical axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexture 11f Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface texture to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the Gallery, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag an image onto the selected 3D object.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexobjy 4c Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftextype 28 Converts the texture to black and white.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexreplace 24 Applies the texture without shading.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexmodulate 79 Applies the texture with shading. To define the shading options for the texture, click the Shading button in this dialog.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcolor 1e Converts the texture to color.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexobjx 4c Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexparallelx 34 Applies the texture parallel to the horizontal axis.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexfilter 37 Blurs the texture slightly to remove unwanted speckles.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcirclex 41 Wraps the horizontal axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexparallely 32 Applies the texture parallel to the vertical axis.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fintensity 2b Enter the intensity of the specular effect.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fspeccolor 35 Select the color that you want the object to reflect.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fillumcolor 2a Select the color to illuminate the object.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fobjcolor 36 Select the color that you want to apply to the object.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ffavorites 59 Select a predefined color scheme, or select User-defined to define a custom color scheme.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fmaterial 2f Changes the coloring of the selected 3D object.
1a .uno%3ADistributeSelection 9d Distributes three or more selected objects evenly along the horizontal axis or the vertical axis. You can also evenly distribute the spacing between objects.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fverbottom 6d Distributes the selected objects, so that the bottom edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhornone 2d Does not distribute the objects horizontally.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvernone 2b Does not distribute the objects vertically.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhordistance 66 Distributes the selected objects horizontally, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvertop 6a Distributes the selected objects, so that the top edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorcenter 73 Distributes the selected objects, so that the horizontal centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvercenter 71 Distributes the selected objects, so that the vertical centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorright 6c Distributes the selected objects, so that the right edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorleft 6b Distributes the selected objects, so that the left edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fverdistance 64 Distributes the selected objects vertically, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
15 .uno%3ATextAttributes 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
f .uno%3ASpelling 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fchange 8a Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelled word, the entire sentence is replaced.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fsuggestionslb 82 Lists suggested words to replace the misspelled word. Select the word that you want to use, and then click Correct or Correct All.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignore 39 Skips the unknown word and continues with the spellcheck.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fundo 74 Click to undo the last change in the current sentence. Click again to undo the previous change in the same sentence.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fcheckgrammar 58 Enable Check grammar to work first on all spellcheck errors, then on all grammar errors.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fsentence 91 Displays the sentence with the misspelled word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Foptions 6c Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignoreall 7e Skips all occurrences of the unknown word until the end of the current %PRODUCTNAME session and continues with the spellcheck.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fchangeall 49 Replaces all occurrences of the unknown word with the current suggestion.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Flanguagelb 34 Specifies the language to use to check the spelling.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fadd 33 Adds the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignorerule 74 While performing a grammar check, click Ignore Rule to ignore the rule that is currently flagged as a grammar error.
17 .uno%3AMoreDictionaries 3d Opens the default browser on the dictionaries extension page.
13 .uno%3ALanguageMenu 40 Opens a submenu where you can choose language specific commands.
3c svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2FChineseConversionDialog 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
18 .uno%3AChineseConversion 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2FChineseDictionaryDialog 22 Edit the Chinese conversion terms.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Flangcb 24 Select a language for the thesaurus.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Fleft 3d Recalls the previous contents of the "Current word" text box.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Freplaceed af The word or words in the "Replace with" text box will replace the original word in the document when you click the Replace button. You can also type text directly in this box.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Falternatives c8 Click an entry in the Alternatives list to copy the related term to the "Replace with" text box. Double-click an entry to copy the related term to the "Current word" text box and to look up that term.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Fwordcb b6 Displays the current word, or the related term that you selected by double-clicking a line in the Alternatives list. You can also type text directly in this box to look up your text.
10 .uno%3AThesaurus 51 Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcolor5 47 Select the color to replace the transparent areas in the current image.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcolor4 96 Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcbx5 4f Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the color that you select.
1a SVX_HID_BMPMASK_CTL_QCOL_1 af Displays the color in the selected image that you want to replace. To set the source color, click here, click the Color Replacer, and then click a color in the selected image.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcbx4 71 Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Ftol4 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Freplace 74 Replaces the selected source colors in the current image with the colors that you specify in the Replace with boxes.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fpipette a5 Displays the color in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the Color Replacer tool is selected.
e .uno%3ABmpMask 5f Opens the Color Replacer dialog, where you can replace colors in bitmap and meta file graphics.
15 .uno%3AAutoCorrectDlg 3e Sets the options for automatically replacing text as you type.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fapplyautofmtpage%2Fedit 29 Modifies the selected AutoCorrect option.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fapplyautofmtpage%2FApplyAutoFmtPage 56 Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click OK.
20 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fnew 33 Adds or replaces an entry in the replacement table.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Ftextonly 85 Saves the entry in the With box without formatting. When the replacement is made, the text uses the same format as the document text.
24 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fnewtext f3 Enter the replacement text, graphic, frame, or OLE object that you want to replace the text in the Replace box. If you have selected text, a graphic, a frame, or an OLE object in your document, the relevant information is already entered here.
24 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Ftabview 13b Lists the entries for automatically replacing words, abbreviations or word parts while you type. To add an entry, enter text in the Replace and With boxes, and then click New. To edit an entry, select it, change the text in the With box, and then click Replace. To delete an entry, select it, and then click Delete.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Forigtext 272 Enter the word, abbreviation or word part that you want to replace while you type. Wildcard character sequence .* in the end of word results the replacement of the word before arbitrary suffixes, too. Wildcard character sequence .* before the word results the replacement after arbitrary prefixes, too. For example, the pattern "i18n.*" with the replacement text "internationalization" finds and replaces "i18ns" with "internationalizations", or the pattern ".*..." with the replacement text "…" finds and replaces three dots in "word..." with the typographically correct precomposed Unicode horizontal ellipsis ("word…").
2c cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2FAcorReplacePage 6e Edits the replacement table for automatically correcting or replacing words or abbreviations in your document.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fautodouble 12e Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column onOptions tab of this dialog.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fnewdouble 31 Adds the current entry to the list of exceptions.
22 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdouble ce Type the word or abbreviation that starts with two capital letters that you do not want $[officename] to change to one initial capital. For example, enter PC to prevent $[officename] from changing PC to Pc.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fabbrevlist 3d Lists the abbreviations that are not automatically corrected.
22 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fabbrev d3 Type an abbreviation followed by a period, and then click New. This prevents $[officename] from automatically capitalizing the first letter of the word that comes after the period at the end of the abbreviation.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdoublelist b3 Lists the words or abbreviations that start with two initial capitals that are not automatically corrected. All words which start with two capital letters are listed in the field.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fautocorrectdialog%2Flang 4f Select the language for which you want to create or edit the replacement rules.
2a cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2FAcorExceptPage 6d Specify the abbreviations or letter combinations that you do not want $[officename] to correct automatically.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fdefaultsingle 32 Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fenddouble 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fdoublereplace 78 Automatically replaces the default system symbol for single quotation marks with the special character that you specify.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fchecklist 5a Select to apply the replacements while you type [T], or when you modify existing text [M].
2b cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fstartsingle 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Flist 5a Select to apply the replacements while you type [T], or when you modify existing text [M].
32 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2FApplyLocalizedPage 5a Select to apply the replacements while you type [T], or when you modify existing text [M].
17 HID_LINGU_WORD_LANGUAGE 63 Changes the language settings for the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
12 HID_LINGU_AUTOCORR ad To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.
12 HID_LINGU_ADD_WORD 37 Adds the highlighted word to a user-defined dictionary.
17 HID_LINGU_PARA_LANGUAGE 7e Changes the language setting for the paragraph that contains the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
15 HID_LINGU_IGNORE_WORD 46 Ignores all instances of the highlighted word in the current document.
16 HID_LINGU_SPELLING_DLG 1c Opens the Spellcheck dialog.
11 HID_LINGU_REPLACE 66 Click the word to replace the highlighted word. Use the AutoCorrect submenu for permanent replacement.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fdelete 41 Removes the selected word or words from the Word Completion list.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fmaxentries 55 Enter the maximum number of words that you want to store in the Word Completion list.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fminwordlen 5c Enter the minimum word length for a word to become eligible for the word completion feature.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fwhenclosing f7 When enabled, the list gets cleared when closing the current document. When disabled, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fcollectwords 87 Adds the frequently used words to a list. To remove a word from the Word Completion list, select the word, and then click Delete Entry.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Facceptwith 4c Select the key that you want to use to accept the automatic word completion.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fshowastip 2a Displays the completed word as a Help Tip.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fappendspace 49 If you do not add punctuation after the word, $[officename] adds a space.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fentries ed Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, disable "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".
32 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fenablewordcomplete 92 Stores frequently used words, and automatically completes a word after you type three letters that match the first three letters of a stored word.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2Fproperties 78 To configure a Smart Tag, select the name of the Smart Tag, then click Properties. Not all Smart Tags can be configured.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2Fmain 43 Enables Smart Tags to be evaluated and shown in your text document.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2FSmartTagOptionsPage 56 When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you see the Smart Tags page.
1e .uno%3ABulletsAndNumberingDial 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fpickbulletpage%2Fvalueset 2c Click the bullet style that you want to use.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpickbulletpage%2FPickBulletPage 38 Displays the different bullet styles that you can apply.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpicknumberingpage%2Fvalueset 2f Click the numbering style that you want to use.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpicknumberingpage%2FPickNumberingPage 3b Displays the different numbering styles that you can apply.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpickoutlinepage%2Fvalueset 2d Click the outline style that you want to use.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpickoutlinepage%2FPickOutlinePage 8e Displays the different styles that you can apply to a hierarchical list. $[officename] supports up to nine outline levels in a list hierarchy.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2Flinkgraphics 6c If enabled, the graphics are inserted as links. If not enabled, the graphics are embedded into the document.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2Fvalueset 33 Click the graphics that you want to use as bullets.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2FPickGraphicPage 4f Displays the different graphics that you can use as bullets in a bulleted list.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fkeepratio 2e Maintains the size proportions of the graphic.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Flevellb 47 Select the level(s) that you want to define the formatting options for.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fnumfmtlb 31 Select a numbering style for the selected levels.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fprefix 4c Enter a character or the text to display in front of the number in the list.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Forientlb 2c Select the alignment option for the graphic.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Frelsize 7b Enter the amount by which you want to resize the bullet character with respect to the font height of the current paragraph.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fbullet 4a Opens the Special Characters dialog, where you can select a bullet symbol.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fsuffix a0 Enter a character or the text to display behind the number in the list. If you want to create a numbered list that uses the style "1.)", enter ".)" in this box.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fbitmap 50 Select the graphic, or locate the graphic file that you want to use as a bullet.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fheightmf 1f Enter a height for the graphic.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fstartat 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fcolor 2f Select a color for the current numbering style.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fwidthmf 1e Enter a width for the graphic.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fstandard 3f Resets the indent and the spacing values to the default values.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Findentatmf 7c Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Falignedatmf 5b Enter the distance from the left page margin at which the numbering symbol will be aligned.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Frelative 4f Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fnumdistmf f1 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering symbol. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fnumalignlb 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fatmf 6e If you select a tab stop to follow the numbering, you can enter a non-negative value as the tab stop position.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fnumfollowedbylb 53 Select the element that will follow the numbering: a tab stop, a space, or nothing.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Findentatmf 6f Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the numbering symbol and the left edge of the text.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Flevellb 2c Select the level(s) that you want to modify.
12 CUI_HID_SCRIPTSBOX 83 Select a macro or script from "user", "share", or an open document. To view the available macros or scripts, double-click an entry.
a 1241731592 2a Prompts you to delete the selected script.
2a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fimport 66 Locate that $[officename] Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.
36 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fnewmodule 29 Saves the recorded macro in a new module.
35 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Forganize 28 Lets you manage modules or dialog boxes.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fdelete 33 Creates a new macro, or deletes the selected macro.
a 1241731591 44 Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected script.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Frun 20 Runs or saves the current macro.
31 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fedit 59 Starts the $[officename] Basic editor and opens the selected macro or dialog for editing.
37 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fnewlibrary 2a Saves the recorded macro in a new library.
a 1241731589 15 Creates a new script.
a 1241731587 41 To run a script, select a script in the list, and then click Run.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fassign 6e Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.
36 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Flibraries a5 Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialog.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fmacros 52 Lists the macros that are contained in the module selected in the Macro from list.
12 .uno%3AMacroDialog 22 Opens a dialog to organize macros.
a 1241731590 3a Opens the default script editor for your operating system.
2e modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Flibrary 26 Lists the existing macros and dialogs.
3a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fmacronameedit 67 Displays the name of the selected macro. To create or to change the name of a macro, enter a name here.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Fnewdialog 2a Opens the editor and creates a new dialog.
2b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Flibrary 56 Lists the existing macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.
35 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fnewlibdialog%2FNewLibDialog 1c Enter a name for the script.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Fnewmodule 2a Opens the editor and creates a new module.
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Flocation 60 Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.
2d modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Fdelete 57 Lets you manage the macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.
2b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Fedit 2f Opens the selected macro or dialog for editing.
28 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fedit 51 Opens the $[officename] Basic editor so that you can modify the selected library.
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fpassword 37 Assigns or edits the password for the selected library.
27 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fnew 16 Creates a new library.
27 .uno%3AMacroOrganizer%3FTabId%3Ashort=1 32 Opens the Dialogs tab page of the Macro Organizer.
15 .uno%3AMacroSignature 6e Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
f .uno%3ARunMacro 2b Opens a dialog where you can start a macro.
14 .uno%3AStopRecording 18 Stops recording a macro.
14 .uno%3AMacroRecorder 14 Records a new macro.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FconfirmpassEntry 32 Reenter the new password for the selected library.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FnewpassEntry 2e Enter a new password for the selected library.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FoldpassEntry 34 Enter the current password for the selected library.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FPasswordDialog 2e Protects the selected library with a password.
45 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=JavaScript 2e Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.
44 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=BeanShell 2e Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.
16 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer 50 Opens a submenu with links to dialogs where you can organize macros and scripts.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2Freplace 43 Replaces a library that has the same name with the current library.
2f modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2Fref 68 Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time you start %PRODUCTNAME.
3b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2FImportLibDialog 6d Enter a name or the path to the library that you want to append. You can also select a library from the list.
12 .uno%3ALoadToolBox 59 Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fmodify 2f Opens a menu that contains additional commands.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fentries 6c Displays a list of the available menu commands for the selected menu in the current application or document.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Ftoplevellist 32 Select the menu and submenu that you want to edit.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Ftoplevelbutton 71 Opens the New Menu dialog where you can enter the name of a new menu as well as select the location for the menu.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fup 28 Moves the selected item up one position.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2FMenuAssignPage 6b Customizes and saves current menu layouts as well as creates new menus. You cannot customize context menus.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fmacroselectordialog%2Fcommands 5e Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog box.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fmenuedit 29 Opens a submenu with additional commands.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fdown 2a Moves the selected item down one position.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fadd 7d Opens the Add Commands dialog. Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog box.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fsavein 47 Select the application or open document where you want to add the menu.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fmacroselectordialog%2Fcategories 5e Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog box.
2f cui%3AEdit%3AMD_MENU_ORGANISER%3AEDIT_MENU_NAME 76 Enter a name for the menu. To specify a letter in the name as an accelerator key, enter a tilde (~) before the letter.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fmovemenu%2FMoveMenuDialog 6e Moves the selected menu entry up one position or down one position in the menu when you click an arrow button.
22 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Freset 32 Resets modified values back to the default values.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Foffice 49 Displays shortcut keys that are common to all $[officename] applications.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fmodule 41 Displays shortcut keys for the current $[officename] application.
25 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fcategory 63 Lists the available function categories. To assign shortcuts to Styles, open the "Styles" category.
26 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fshortcuts be Lists the shortcut keys and the associated commands. To assign or modify the shortcut key for the command selected in the Function list, click a shortcut in this list, and then click Modify.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fsave 4c Saves the current shortcut key configuration, so that you can load it later.
25 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Ffunction dd Select a function that you want to assign a shortcut key to, click a key combination in the Shortcut keys list, and then click Modify. If the selected function already has a shortcut key, it is displayed in the Keys list.
2c cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2FAccelConfigPage 5d Assigns or edits the shortcut keys for $[officename] commands, or $[officename] Basic macros.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fkeys 46 Displays the shortcut keys that are assigned to the selected function.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fchange 6c Assigns the key combination selected in the Shortcut keys list to the command selected in the Function list.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fload 4b Replaces the shortcut key configuration with one that was previously saved.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
13 CUI_HID_SVX_SAVE_IN 49 Select the location where to load the configuration and where to save it.
1f CUI_HID_SVX_MODIFY_TOOLBAR_ITEM 21 The Modify button opens a submenu
1c CUI_HID_SVX_NEW_TOOLBAR_ITEM 79 Opens the Add Commands dialog. Select any command, then click Add or drag-and-drop the command into the Customize dialog.
1d CUI_HID_SVX_DOWN_TOOLBAR_ITEM 29 Moves the selected item down in the list.
1b CUI_HID_SVX_UP_TOOLBAR_ITEM 27 Moves the selected item up in the list.
1a CUI_HID_SVX_MODIFY_TOOLBAR 22 The Toolbar button opens a submenu
17 CUI_HID_SVX_NEW_TOOLBAR 6c Opens the Name dialog, where you enter the name of a new toolbar and select the location of the new toolbar.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FdeleteButton 58 Click to remove the selected icon from the list. Only user-defined icons can be removed.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FimportButton 99 Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see a file open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FIconSelector 99 Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see a file open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.
2f SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ATP_CONFIG_EVENT%3APB_DELETE 34 Deletes the macro assignment for the selected event.
2f SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ATP_CONFIG_EVENT%3APB_ASSIGN 41 Opens the Macro Selector to assign a macro to the selected event.
5 40000 b1 The big list box lists the events and the assigned macros. After you selected the location in the Save In list box, select an event in the big list box. Then click Assign Macro.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassignpage%2FMacroAssignPage 6d Assigns macros to program events. The assigned macro runs automatically every time the selected event occurs.
9 705547787 59 Select first where to save the event binding, in the current document or in %PRODUCTNAME.
12 .uno%3ATableEvents 6d Assigns macros to program events. The assigned macro runs automatically every time the selected event occurs.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fclose 12 Closes the dialog.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fhelp 27 Displays the help page for this dialog.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Ftest 32 Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fsave 56 Displays a Save as dialog to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fedit 32 Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fopen 4d Displays an Open dialog to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
25 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fnew 2d Opens a dialog with the name of a new filter.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fdelete 44 Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialog that follows.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Ffilterlist 3a Select one or more filters, then click one of the buttons.
1c .uno%3AOpenXMLFilterSettings 7d Opens the XML Filter Settings dialog, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.
33 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Fdescription 1b Enter a comment (optional).
35 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Finterfacename 4d Enter the name that you want to display in the File type box in file dialogs.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Fextension 99 Enter the file extension to use when you open a file without specifying a filter. $[officename] uses the file extension to determine which filter to use.
32 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Ffiltername 3c Select the application that you want to use with the filter.
3f filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2FXmlFilterTabPageGeneral 34 Enter or edit general information for an XML filter.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Ftempimport 7b Enter the name of the template that you want to use for importing. In the template, styles are defined to display XML tags.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fxsltexport 6b If this is an export filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for exporting.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fxsltimport 6b If this is an import filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for importing.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fbrowsetemp 1e Opens a file selection dialog.
32 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fdoc 22 Enter the DOCTYPE of the XML file.
4d filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2FXmlFilterTabPageTransformation 31 Enter or edit file information for an XML filter.
21 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_RECENT 3c Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.
21 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_BROWSE 5f Opens a file selection dialog. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.
29 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_DISPLAY_SOURCE 59 Opens the XML source of the selected document in your default XML editor after importing.
22 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_CURRENT 57 Displays the file name of the template that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
21 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_BROWSE a0 Locate the file that you want to apply the XML export filter to. The XML code of the transformed file is opened in your default XML editor after transformation.
2b FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_XSLT_FILE 5a Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the Transformation tab page.
1c HID_XML_SOURCE_FILE_VALIDATE 37 Validates the contents of the XML Filter output window.
1c HID_XML_FILTER_OUTPUT_WINDOW 28 Lists the test results of an XML filter.
1a HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CLOSE 12 Closes the dialog.
1b HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGE 5d Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options.
1e HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNOREALL 81 No changes will be made to the current selection, and every time the same selection is detected it will be skipped automatically.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2FHangulHanjaOptDialog 26 Opens the Hangul/Hanja Options dialog.
1b HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNORE 6d No changes will be made to the current selection. The next word or character will be selected for conversion.
33 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_HANJA_ONLY 33 Check to convert only Hanja. Do not convert Hangul.
34 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_HANGUL_ONLY 33 Check to convert only Hangul. Do not convert Hanja.
1e HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGEALL aa Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options. Every time the same selection is detected it will be replaced automatically.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_BELOW 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hanja part.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_ABOVE 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hanja part.
1c .uno%3AHangulHanjaConversion 4f Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul.
3d SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_SIMPLE_CONVERSION 41 The original characters are replaced by the suggested characters.
14 HID_SPELLDLG_SETWORD 1f Displays the current selection.
33 SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_LB_SUGGESTIONS 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
3d SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_REPLACE_BY_CHARACTER 68 Check to move character-by-character through the selected text. If not checked, full words are replaced.
1a HID_HANGULDLG_EDIT_NEWWORD 3e Displays the first replacement suggestion from the dictionary.
2f SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_PB_FIND 57 Finds your Hangul input in the dictionary and replaces it with the corresponding Hanja.
42 SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_BRACKETED 43 The Hangul part will be displayed in brackets after the Hanja part.
42 SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_BRACKETED 43 The Hanja part will be displayed in brackets after the Hangul part.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_BELOW 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hangul part.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_ABOVE 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hangul part.
33 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fautoreplaceunique 4b Automatically replaces words that only have one suggested word replacement.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fshowrecentfirst 60 Shows the replacement suggestion that you selected the last time as the first entry on the list.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fignorepost 56 Ignores positional characters at the end of Korean words when you search a dictionary.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fdelete 2d Deletes the selected user-defined dictionary.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fedit 57 Opens the Edit Custom Dictionary dialog where you can edit any user-defined dictionary.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fnew 4b Opens the New dictionary dialog box, where you can create a new dictionary.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaadddialog%2Fentry 20 Enter a name for the dictionary.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaadddialog%2FHangulHanjaAddDialog ae Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Select the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Clear the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Foriginal 79 Select the entry in the current dictionary that you want to edit. If you want, you can also type a new entry in this box.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fdelete 1b Deletes the selected entry.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fnew 3a Adds the current replacement definition to the dictionary.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fedit1 95 Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fbook 39 Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit.
12 .uno%3ASpellDialog 19 Checks spelling manually.
10 .uno%3ANewWindow 44 Opens a new window that displays the contents of the current window.
33 padmin%3APushButton%3ARID_PADIALOG%3ARID_PA_BTN_DEL 2a Removes the selected source from the list.
33 padmin%3APushButton%3ARID_PADIALOG%3ARID_PA_BTN_STD 24 Opens the Select Certificate dialog.
3e xmlsecurity%3APushButton%3ARID_XMLSECDLG_DIGSIG%3ABTN_VIEWCERT 22 Opens the View Certificate dialog.
29 XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_CTRL_SIGNATURESDLG 36 Lists the digital signatures for the current document.
31 sfx2%3APushButton%3ATP_DOCINFODOC%3ABTN_SIGNATURE 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
10 .uno%3ASignature 70 Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
28 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FUPDATE_ALL 8c By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialog. Mark Show all Updates to see also other extensions and error messages.
2a desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FDESCRIPTIONS 95 While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialog, or click Cancel to abort the update check.
25 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FINSTALL 54 When you click the Install button the Download and Installation dialog is displayed.
38 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdateinstalldialog%2FUpdateInstallDialog ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extension Manager to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
2a desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FUpdateDialog ec Click the Check for Updates button in the Extension Manager to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose Update.
10 .uno%3AInsertRLM 92 Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
10 .uno%3AInsertLRM 92 Inserts a text direction mark that affects the text direction of any text following the mark. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
11 .uno%3AInsertZWSP a9 Inserts an invisible space within a word that will insert a line break once it becomes the last character in a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
17 .uno%3AInsertSoftHyphen 89 Inserts an invisible optional hyphen within a word that will appear and create a line break once it becomes the last character in a line.
13 .uno%3AInsertZWNBSP 94 Inserts an invisible space within a word that will keep the word together at the end of a line. Available when complex text layout (CTL) is enabled.
17 .uno%3AInsertHardHyphen 4d Inserts a hyphen that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.
1d .uno%3AInsertNonBreakingSpace 4c Inserts a space that will keep bordering characters together on line breaks.
19 .uno%3AFormattingMarkMenu 6c Opens a submenu to insert special formatting marks like non-breaking space, soft hyphen, and optional break.
14 HID_GALLERY_NEWTHEME 56 Adds a new theme to the Gallery and lets you choose the files to include in the theme.
12 HID_GALLERY_WINDOW 52 To insert a Gallery object, select the object, and then drag it into the document.
15 HID_GALLERY_THEMELIST 3c Click a theme to view the objects associated with the theme.
e .uno%3AGallery 70 Opens the Gallery deck of the Sidebar, where you can select images and audio clips to insert into your document.
14 HID_GALLERY_LISTVIEW 55 Displays the contents of the Gallery as small icons, with title and path information.
14 HID_GALLERY_ICONVIEW 2e Displays the contents of the Gallery as icons.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Faddall 37 Adds all of the files in the list to the current theme.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffindfiles 52 Locate the directory containing the files that you want to add, and then click OK.
13 HID_GALLERY_PREVIEW 28 Displays a preview of the selected file.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Fpreview 31 Displays or hides a preview of the selected file.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Fadd 2f Adds the selected file(s) to the current theme.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffiles 8b Lists the available files. Select the file(s) that you want to add, and then click Add. To add all of the files in the list, click Add All.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffiletype 2d Select the type of file that you want to add.
f .uno%3AGridMenu 26 Sets the display properties of a grid.
13 .uno%3AHelplinesUse 45 Displays the snap lines in front of the objects on the slide or page.
15 .uno%3AHelplinesFront 45 Displays the snap lines in front of the objects on the slide or page.
17 .uno%3AHelplinesVisible 45 Displays the snap lines in front of the objects on the slide or page.
14 .uno%3ASnapLinesMenu 2d Specifies the display options for snap lines.
14 .uno%3AAVMediaPlayer 82 Opens the Media Player window where you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document.
25 vnd.sun.star.findbar%3AFocusToFindbar 5f Toggle the visibility of the Find toolbar to search for text or navigate a document by element.
e .uno%3ASidebar a4 The Sidebar is a vertical graphical user interface that primarily provides contextual properties, style management, document navigation, and media gallery features.
14 .uno%3AInsertAVMedia 31 Inserts a video or audio file into your document.
36 desktop%3ACheckBox%3ATP_UPDATE_CHECK%3ACB_UPDATE_CHECK 34 You can check for updates manually or automatically.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fchangepath 2f Click to select a folder to download the files.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fautodownload 90 Mark to enable the automatic check for updates. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box to disable or enable this feature.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_CANCEL 3b Aborts the download and deletes the partly downloaded file.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_RESUME 1c Continues a paused download.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_INSTALL 1f Installs the downloaded update.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DOWNLOAD 9c Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.
26 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DOWNLOAD2 9c Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DLG f2 Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_PAUSE 40 Pauses the download. Later click Resume to continue downloading.
21 SFX2_HID_DLG_CHECKFORONLINEUPDATE f2 Checks for available updates to your version of %PRODUCTNAME. If a newer version is available, you can choose to download the update. After downloading, if you have write permissions for the installation directory, you can install the update.
2d DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_DISABLE 20 Enable or disable the extension.
a 2180256277 44 Select the extension that you want to remove, and then click Remove.
a 2180256279 46 Select the extension that you want to disable, and then click Disable.
a 2180256278 44 Select the extension that you want to enable, and then click Enable.
34 desktop%2Fui%2Fshowlicensedialog%2FShowLicenseDialog 87 Read the license. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.
a 2180256276 1e Click Add to add an extension.
5 42769 7b Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialog.
2d DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_OPTIONS 57 Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialog for the extension.
5 42772 5c The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fexpander 38 Click to show or hide the file sharing password options.
11 SC_HID_PASSWD_DOC 16 Re-enter the password.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirm2ed 16 Re-enter the password.
26 uui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2FconfirmpassEntry 16 Re-enter the password.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirm1ed 16 Re-enter the password.
10 HID_PASSWD_TABLE 2e Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword2 1d Re-enter the master password.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword1 55 Type a master password to prevent unauthorized users from accessing stored passwords.
39 uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2FSetMasterPasswordDialog 43 Assign a master password to protect the access to a saved password.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fsafemodedialog%2FSafeModeDialog b0 Safe mode is a mode where %PRODUCTNAME temporarily starts with a fresh user profile and disables hardware acceleration. It helps to restore a non-working %PRODUCTNAME instance.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Flocation 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fselect 24 Opens the Select Certificate dialog.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fcert 4a Allows you to select a certificate to be used for signing this PDF export.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fpdfsignpage 4a Allows you to select a certificate to be used for signing this PDF export.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fenablea11y 35 Select to enable text access for accessibility tools.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeform 29 Only filling in form fields is permitted.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeinsdel 3a Only inserting, deleting, and rotating pages is permitted.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangenone 28 No changes of the content are permitted.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprinthigh 2f The document can be printed in high resolution.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprintnone 27 Printing the document is not permitted.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fopeninternet 94 Cross-document links are opened with the Internet browser. The Internet browser must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fopenpdf c2 Cross-document links are opened with the PDF reader application that currently shows the document. The PDF reader application must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fdefault 6c Links from your PDF document to other documents will be handled as it is specified in your operating system.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fconvert d2 Enable this checkbox to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fexport 145 The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows you to link to those objects by name from other documents.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2FPdfLinksPage 145 The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows you to link to those objects by name from other documents.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fvisiblelevel 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fformat 3f Select the format of submitting forms from within the PDF file.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprintlow 65 The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honor this setting.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitzoom 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2FPdfViewPage 40 Select to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Foutline 53 Select to generate a PDF file that shows a bookmarks palette and the page contents.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fforms 60 Choose to create a PDF form. This can be filled out and printed by the user of the PDF document.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Femptypages 191 If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to the PDF file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fcomments 44 Select to export comments of Writer and Calc documents as PDF notes.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fpages 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
34 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fvisiblebookmark 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fbookmarks ef Select to export bookmarks of Writer documents as PDF bookmarks. Bookmarks are created for all outline paragraphs (Tools - Outline Numbering) and for all table of contents entries for which you did assign hyperlinks in the source document.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeany 33 All changes are permitted, except extracting pages.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fall 5c Exports all defined print ranges. If no print range is defined, exports the entire document.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fcontfacinglayout 96 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the right.
1f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Ftsa 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2FPdfUserInterfacePage 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
27 FILTER_EDIT_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_ED_PAGES 45 Saves the current file to Portable Document Format (PDF) version 1.4.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Frange 26 Exports the pages you type in the box.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fallowdups 9c Allows you to use the same field name for multiple fields in the generated PDF file. If disabled, field names will be exported using generated unique names.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fselection 1e Exports the current selection.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fpdfa ea Converts to the PDF/A-1a format. This is defined as an electronic document file format for long term preservation. All fonts that were used in the source document will be embedded into the generated PDF file. PDF tags will be written.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fexporturl 82 Enable this checkbox to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See "relative hyperlinks" in the Help.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fpage 41 Select to show the given page when the reader opens the PDF file.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Flosslesscompress 43 Selects a lossless compression of images. All pixels are preserved.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fsinglelayout 3c Select to generate a PDF file that shows one page at a time.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffirstonleft 101 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the left. You must enable support for complex text layout on Language settings - Languages in the Options dialog box.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Ftagged 46 Select to write PDF tags. This can increase file size by huge amounts.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fpageonly 40 Select to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Feffects 4c Select to export Impress slide transition effects to respective PDF effects.
2d filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangecomment 38 Only commenting and filling in form fields is permitted.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fsetpassword 35 Click to open a dialog where you enter the passwords.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2FPdfSecurityPage 35 Click to open a dialog where you enter the passwords.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fembed 68 This setting enables you to export the document as a .pdf file containing two file formats: PDF and ODF.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Freason 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Freduceresolution 50 Select to resample or down-size the images to a lower number of pixels per inch.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fresolution 2c Select the target resolution for the images.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fthumbs 54 Select to generate a PDF file that shows a thumbnails palette and the page contents.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fjpegcompress ca Selects a JPEG compression of images. With a high quality level, almost all pixels are preserved. With a low quality level, some pixels get lost and artefacts are introduced, but file sizes are reduced.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitwin 62 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit entirely into the reader's window.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fopen 69 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a full screen reader window in front of all other windows.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fallbookmarks 46 Select to show all bookmark levels when the reader opens the PDF file.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitdefault b7 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page contents without zooming. If the reader software is configured to use a zoom factor by default, the page shows with that zoom factor.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fquality 2d Enter the quality level for JPEG compression.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitwidth 61 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fcontact 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitvis 7a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the text and graphics on the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fenablecopy 35 Select to enable copying of content to the clipboard.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fzoom 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fpassword 60 Enter the password used for protecting the private key associated with the selected certificate.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fdefaultlayout 6a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the pages according to the layout setting of the reader software.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fdisplay 5e Select to generate a PDF file that is shown with the document title in the reader's title bar.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fcontlayout 4f Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages in a continuous vertical column.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fmenubar 41 Select to hide the reader's menu bar when the document is active.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fresize 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fcenter 52 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centered on screen.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Ftoolbar 40 Select to hide the reader's toolbar when the document is active.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fwindow 41 Select to hide the reader's controls when the document is active.
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsPDF a6 Shows the Export as PDF dialog, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an e-mail sending window with the PDF as an attachment.
23 uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2Fcancel 2d Does not allow macros in the document to run.
1f uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2Fok 25 Allows macros in the document to run.
2c uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FviewSignsButton 30 Opens a dialog where you can view the signature.
33 uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FalwaysTrustCheckbutton 3d Adds the current macro source to the list of trusted sources.
2c uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FMacroWarnMedium 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
23 SFX2_HID_WARNING_SECURITY_HYPERLINK 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
24 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fdescription 21 Type a purpose for the signature.
21 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fviewcert 51 Opens the View Certificate dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.
43 xmlsecurity%3APushButton%3ARID_XMLSECDLG_CERTCHOOSER%3ABTN_VIEWCERT 51 Opens the View Certificate dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.
2c XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_CTRL_CHOOSESIGNATURES 51 Select the certificate that you want to digitally sign the current document with.
e .uno%3AWebHtml 95 Creates a temporary copy of the current document in HTML format, opens the system default Web browser, and displays the HTML file in the Web browser.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_EDIT 56 Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
20 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_EDIT 56 Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
27 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_REMOVE 47 Deletes the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
2b svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesdetails 2d Switches the display to show or hide details.
20 svx%2Fui%2Faddmodeldialog%2Fname f Enter the name.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesremove 42 Deletes the current instance. You cannot delete the last instance.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelslist 2e Selects the XForms model that you want to use.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2FDataNavigator 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD_ELEMENT 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsadd 3c Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model.
1f svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2Ftoolbar 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsremove 43 Deletes the selected XForm model. You cannot delete the last model.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
18 .uno%3AShowDataNavigator 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsbutton 29 Adds, renames, and removes XForms models.
1d svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2Fitems 34 Lists the items that belong to the current instance.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstances 3a This button has submenus to add, edit or remove instances.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsedit 21 Renames the selected Xform model.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesadd 30 Opens a dialog where you can add a new instance.
22 svx%2Fui%2Faddmodeldialog%2Fmodify d4 When enabled, the document status will be set to "modified" when you change any form control that is bound to any data in the model. When not enabled, such a change does not set the document status to "modified".
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesedit 39 Opens a dialog where you can modify the current instance.
27 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ELEMENT 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
29 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ATTRIBUTE 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD_ATTRIBUTE 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
22 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_REMOVE 47 Deletes the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
1f SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fcalculate 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Freadonly 1f Declares the item as read-only.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
30 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2FAddDataItemDialog 48 Adds a new item or edits the selected item in the XForms Data Navigator.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fconstraint 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fdatatype 2b Select the data type for the selected item.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Freadonlycond 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fconstraintcond 1f Declares the item as read-only.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fname 1b Enter the name of the item.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fvalue 2c Enter a default value for the selected item.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frelevant 1e Declares the item as relevant.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frequired 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frequiredcond 1e Declares the item as relevant.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY 1f Declares the item as read-only.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT 1e Declares the item as relevant.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frelevantcond 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
24 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2Fedit 4f Opens the Form Namespaces dialog where you can add, edit, or delete namespaces.
29 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2Fcondition 12 Enter a condition.
32 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2FAddConditionDialog 5b Add a condition in this subdialog of the Add Item / Edit Item dialog of the Data Navigator.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fedit 1d Edits the selected namespace.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fdelete 1f Deletes the selected namespace.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fadd 21 Adds a new namespace to the list.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fnamespaces 34 Lists the currently defined namespaces for the form.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_LENGTH 38 Specifies the maximum number of characters for a string.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_EXCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an exclusive upper bound for values.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_PATTERN 125 Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elseswhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the Find & Replace dialog.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_WHITESPACES f3 Specifies how whitespaces are to be handled when a string of the current data type is being processed. Possible values are Preserve, Replace, and Collapse. The semantics follow the definition at http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#rf-whiteSpace.
21 EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_ADD_DATA_TYPE ac Click the button to open a dialog where you can enter the name of a new user-defined data type. The new data type inherits all facets from the currently selected data type.
27 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_FRACTION_DIGITS 66 Specifies the maximum total number of fractional digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XML_DATA_MODEL 43 Select a model from the list of all models in the current document.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BIND_EXPRESSION 71 Enter the DOM node to bind the control model to. Click the ... button for a dialog to enter the XPath expression.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BINDING_NAME d1 Select or enter the name of a binding. Selecting the name of an existing binding associates the binding with the form control. Entering a new name creates a new binding and associates it with the form control.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_INCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an inclusive lower bound for values.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_INCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an inclusive upper bound for values.
24 EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_REMOVE_DATA_TYPE 5a Select a user-defined data type and click the button to delete the user-defined data type.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_TOTAL_DIGITS 5b Specifies the maximum total number of digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY 1f Declares the item as read-only.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT 1e Declares the item as relevant.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_EXCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an exclusive lower bound for values.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_LENGTH 30 Specifies the number of characters for a string.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_DATA_TYPE 41 Select a data type which the control should be validated against.
13 .uno%3APrintDefault 6e Faiga clic nel iconu Imprentar pa imprentar el documentu activu colos parámetros d'impresión predeterminaos.
13 .uno%3AVerticalText 190 Dibuxa un cuadru de testu con direición de testu vertical al calcar o abasnar nel documentu actual. Faiga clic en cualquier llugar del documentu y escriba o pegue'l testu. Tamién pue mover el cursor al llugar nel que deseye amestar dichu testu, abasnar un cuadru de testu y, de siguío, escribir o apegar el testu nél. Namái disponible cuando la compatibilidá con idiomes asiáticos ta activada.
16 .uno%3AVerticalCaption 210 Dibuxa una llinia qu'acaba nun cuadru de llamada rectangular con direición d'escritura vertical dende'l llugar del que s'abasnar nel documentu actual. Pa camudar el tamañu de la llamada arrastre una de les sos maniyes. P'amestar testu calque sobre'l borde de la llamada y escriba o pegue'l testu. Pa camudar una llamada rectangular por una arrondada, arrastre la maniya de la esquina de mayor tamañu cuando'l punteru adquiera la forma d'una mano. Namái disponible cuando la compatibilidá con idiomes asiáticos ta activada.
12 .uno%3ADrawCaption 1c0 Dibuxa una llinia qu'acaba nun cuadru de lleenda rectangular con direición de testu horizontal dende'l llugar del que s'abasnar nel documentu actual. Pa camudar el tamañu de la llamada arrastre una de les sos maniyes. P'amestar testu calque sobre'l borde de la llamada y escriba o pegue'l testu. Pa camudar una llamada rectangular por una arrondada, arrastre la maniya de la esquina de mayor tamañu cuando'l punteru adquiera la forma d'una mano.
b .uno%3ALine 82 Draws a straight line where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.
13 .uno%3AText_Marquee cf Inxerta nel documentu actual testu animáu en direición horizontal. Arrastre un cuadru de testu y escriba o pegue testu nél. P'asignar un efeutu d'animación, escueya Formatu - Testu - Animación de testu.
17 .uno%3APolygon_Unfilled 12b Dibuxa una llinia compuesta de dellos segmentos rectos. Arrastre pa dibuxar un segmentu, faiga clic onde quiera definir el puntu final del mesmu y arrastre pa dibuxar un nuevu segmentu. Faiga doble clic pa finar la llinia. Pa crear una forma zarrada, faiga doble clic nel puntu inicial de la llinia.
f .uno%3ADrawText e1 Draws a text box with horizontal text direction where you drag in the current document. Drag a text box to the size you want anywhere in the document, and then type or paste your text. Rotate the text box to get rotated text.
e .uno%3AEllipse c8 Dibuxa un óvalu al abasnar nel documentu actual. Calque onde deseye dibuxar l'óvalu y arrastre hasta algamar el tamañu deseyáu. Pa dibuxar un círculu, caltenga calcada la tecla Mayús al abasnar.
b .uno%3ARect f0 Dibuxa un rectángulu al abasnar nel documentu actual. Pa dibuxar un cuadráu, caltenga calcada la tecla Mayús al abasnar. Faiga clic onde deseye asitiar una de les esquines del rectángulu y arrastre hasta conferi-y el tamañu que deseye.
16 .uno%3ABezier_Unfilled 17a Dibuxa una curva de Bézier nidia. Faiga clic sobre la posición na que deseye empecipiar la curva, arrastre, suelte, mueva'l punteru a la posición na que deseye finar la curva y calque. Mueva'l punteru y vuelva faer clic p'amestar un segmentu rectu a la curva. Faiga doble clic pa completar la curva. Pa crear una forma zarrada, faiga doble clic nel puntu inicial de la curva.
a .uno%3AArc 175 Dibuxa un arcu nel documentu actual. Pa dibuxar un arcu, arrastre un óvalu hasta algamar el tamañu deseyáu y faiga clic pa definir el puntu inicial del arcu. Mueva'l punteru a la posición na que deseye asitiar el puntu final y faiga clic. Nun ye necesariu faer clic sobre l'óvalu. Pa dibuxar un arcu a partir d'un círculu, caltenga calcada la tecla Mayús al abasnar.
a .uno%3APie 19b Dibuxa una forma rellena, definida pol arcu d'un óvalu y dos radios, nel documentu actual. Pa dibuxar un sector d'elipse, arrastre un óvalu hasta algamar el tamañu deseyáu y calque pa definir el primer radiu. Mueva'l punteru a la posición na que deseye asitiar el segundu radiu y calque. Nun ye necesariu calcar sobre l'óvalu. Pa dibuxar un sector de círculu, caltenga calcada la tecla Mayús al abasnar.
11 .uno%3AInsertDraw 7b Faiga clic p'abrir o zarrar la barra Dibuxu, dende la que pue amestar formes, llinies, testu y llamaes al documentu actual.
18 .uno%3AFreeline_Unfilled ca Dibuxa una llinia a mano alzada al abasnar el cursor pol documentu actual. Pa finar la llinia suelte'l botón del mur. Pa dibuxar una forma zarrada, suelte'l botón cerca del puntu inicial de la llinia.
10 .uno%3ACircleCut 1bf Dibuxa una forma rellena, definida pol arcu y el diámetru, nel documentu actual. Pa dibuxar un segmentu de círculu, arrastre un círculu hasta algamar el tamañu deseyáu y faiga clic pa definir el puntu inicial del diámetru. Mueva'l punteru a la posición na que deseye asitiar el puntu final del diámetru y faiga clic. Nun ye necesariu faer clic sobre'l círculu. Pa dibuxar un segmentu d'elipse, caltenga calcada la tecla Mayús al abasnar.
16 .uno%3AFormDesignTools 35 Abre la barra de ferramientes Diseñu de formularios.
d .uno%3AConfig 77 La barra de ferramientes Controles de formulariu contién ferramientes que precises pa crear un formaulario interactivo
f .uno%3ACheckBox 21 Crea un caxellu de verificación.
b .uno%3AEdit 17 Crea un campu de testu.
11 .uno%3APushbutton f Crea un botón.
15 .uno%3AFormattedField 19 Crea un campu formateáu.
12 .uno%3ARadioButton 18 Crea un campu d'opción.
e .uno%3AListBox 19 Crea un cuadru de llista.
c .uno%3ALabel 2c Crea un campu pa la visualización de testu.
f .uno%3AComboBox 19 Crea un cuadru combináu.
13 .uno%3AMoreControls 35 Abre la barra de ferramientes Más campos de control.
17 .uno%3AConvertToPattern 34 El control escoyíu tresformar nun campu amazcaráu.
18 .uno%3AConvertToCurrency 33 El control escoyíu tresformar nun campu de moneda.
17 .uno%3AConvertToNumeric 34 El control escoyíu tresformar nun campu numbérico.
14 .uno%3AConvertToTime 30 El control escoyíu tresformar nun campu d'hora.
14 .uno%3AConvertToDate 32 El control escoyíu tresformar nun campu de fecha.
18 .uno%3AChangeControlType 6c Abre un submenú nel que pue escoyese un tipu de control pa trocar el control que ta escoyíu nel documentu.
14 .uno%3AConvertToEdit 33 El control escoyíu tresformar nun cuadru de testu.
1c .uno%3AConvertToImageControl 33 El control escoyíu tresformar nun control d'imaxe.
15 .uno%3AConvertToCombo 34 El control escoyíu tresformar nun cuadru combináu.
1b .uno%3AConvertToFileControl 3b El control escoyíu tresformar nuna seleición de ficheros.
15 .uno%3AConvertToFixed 2d El control escoyíu tresformar nuna etiqueta.
14 .uno%3AConvertToList 34 El control escoyíu tresformar nun cuadru de llista.
18 .uno%3AConvertToCheckBox 3c El control escoyíu tresformar nun caxellu de verificación.
16 .uno%3AConvertToButton 2a El control escoyíu tresformar nun botón.
18 .uno%3AConvertToImageBtn 33 El control escoyíu tresformar nun botón gráficu.
19 .uno%3AConvertToFormatted 35 El control escoyíu tresformar nun campu con formatu.
15 .uno%3AConvertToRadio 34 El control escoyíu tresformar nun botón d'opción.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fshowcoldialog%2FShowColDialog 7e In the Show Columns dialog you can select the columns to be shown. Hold down the Shift or Ctrl key to select multiple entries.
14 SID_FM_SHOWCOLS_MORE 20 Abre'l diálogu Amosar columnes.
f SID_FM_SHOWCOLS 50 Abre un submenú nel que puen escoyese les columnes por que se amuesen de nuevu.
e SID_FM_HIDECOL 1b Anubre la columna escoyida.
10 SID_FM_DELETECOL 1e Desanicia la columna escoyida.
12 SID_FM_SHOWALLCOLS 33 Faiga clic en Toos si deseya amosar toles columnes.
10 SID_FM_CHANGECOL 6c Abre un submenú pa la seleición d'un campu de datos que sustituya al campu escoyíu nel control de tables.
10 SID_FM_INSERTCOL 52 Abre un submenú pa escoyer un campu de datos ya incorporalo al control de tables.
18 .uno%3AControlProperties 48 Abre un diálogu pa editar les propiedaes del campu de control escoyíu.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ORIENTATION 66 Establez la orientación horizontal o vertical de la barra de desplazamientu o'l botón de seleición.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ENABLE_VISIBLE 80 Define si'l campu de control va siguir tando visible en mou en vivu. En mou de diseñu, el campu de control siempres ta visible.
5 37929 71 Especifica si amuésense o anubren los elementos de navegación d'un control escoyíu de la barra de navegación.
5 37928 71 Especifica si amuésense o anubren los elementos d'allugamientu d'un control escoyíu de la barra de navegación.
5 37930 6c Especifica si amuésense o anubren los elementos d'aición d'un control escoyíu de la barra de navegación.
13 HID_PROP_SCALEIMAGE 46 Camuda'l tamañu de la imaxe por que se afaiga al tamañu del control.
12 HID_PROP_FORMATKEY 71 Especifica'l códigu de formatu del campu de control. Faiga clic nel botón ... pa escoyer el códigu de formatu.
c HID_PROP_TAG 4e Especifica información adicional o un testu descriptivu del campu de control.
d HID_PROP_FONT 40 Escueya'l tipu de lletra pal testu dientro del campu de control.
15 HID_PROP_HIDDEN_VALUE 3e Pue introducir los datos heredaos pel campu de control ocultu.
13 HID_PROP_TARGET_URL 64 Establez la direición URL que s'abrir cuando prime clic nel botón "Abrir documentu / páxina web".
18 HID_PROP_SHOWTHOUSANDSEP 1e Inxerta un separador de miles.
10 HID_PROP_TABSTOP 61 La propiedá Tabulación determina si un campu de control pue escoyese cola tecla de tabulación.
19 HID_PROP_CURRSYM_POSITION 66 Colos campos de moneda, define si'l símbolu de moneda tien d'amosase delantre o detrás del númberu.
18 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TEXT 4d Establez el testu predetermináu pa un cuadru de testu o un cuadru combináu.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_TIME 20 Establez la hora predeterminada.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BLOCKINCREMENT 80 Especifique'l valor que se va amestar o va quitar cuando l'usuariu faiga clic nel iconu de flecha de la barra de desplazamientu.
18 HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MAX 47 Especifique'l valor máximu d'un control de la barra de desplazamientu.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINEEND_FORMAT 81 Pa los campos de testu, escueya'l códigu de fin de llinia que se va utilizar cuando escriba testu nuna columna de base de datos.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_DATE 21 Establez la fecha predeterminada.
19 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEDEFAULT 33 Define'l valor predetermináu pal campu de control.
18 HID_PROP_DEFAULT_CHECKED 58 Especifica si una opción o un caxellu de verificación escoyer de forma predeterminada.
11 HID_PROP_TABINDEX 89 La propiedá Orde de tabulación establez l'orde en que los campos de control enfocar nel formulariu al utilizar la tecla de tabulación.
f HID_PROP_BORDER 52 Determina si'l borde del campu tien qu'amosase "Ensin bordes", en "3D" o "Planos".
16 HID_PROP_NAVIGATIONBAR 66 Especifica si tien d'amosase la barra de navegación nel borde inferior del campu de control de tabla.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HEIGHT 24 Define l'altor del campu de control.
10 HID_PROP_ENABLED 7a Si un campu de control tien la propiedá "Activáu" (Sí), l'usuariu del formulariu va poder utilizar el campu de control.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ANCHOR_TYPE 29 Define si fondiaráse'l campu de control.
12 HID_PROP_PRINTABLE 55 Especifica si deseya que'l campu de control apaeza na versión impresa del documentu.
10 HID_PROP_TIMEMIN 39 Determina'l tiempu mínimu qu'un usuariu pue especificar.
11 HID_PROP_TRISTATE 90 Especifica si un caxellu de verificación pue representar tamién valores ZERO d'una base de datos enllazada, amás de los valores TRUE y FALSE.
12 HID_PROP_ROWHEIGHT 3c Especifica l'altor de filera d'un campu de control de tabla.
12 HID_PROP_ECHO_CHAR cc Si'l cuadru de testu emplégase como entrada d'una contraseña, escriba'l códigu ASCII del caráuter de visualización. Esti caráuter sustitúi a los que l'usuariu utiliza cuando escribe la contraseña.
5 37933 fc Dexa l'usu de saltos de llinia y de formatu nun campu de control, por exemplu un cuadru de testu o una etiqueta. Pa escribir manualmente un saltu de llinia, calque la tecla Entrar. Escueya "Múltiples llinies con formatu" pa escribir testu con formatu.
11 HID_PROP_DROPDOWN 48 Especifique si'l cuadru combináu tendría d'esplegase (Si) o non (Non).
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FOCUSONCLICK 5b Si configura esta opción como "Sí", el botón de comandu activar al faer clic nel botón.
15 HID_PROP_RECORDMARKER 84 Especifica si la primer columna apaez o non con etiquetes de filera nes que'l rexistru actual amosar por aciu d'una flecha pequeña.
1c HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SCROLLVALUE 3c Define'l valor predetermináu de la barra de desplazamientu.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SYMBOLCOLOR 6a Especifica'l color de los símbolos nos controles, por exemplu, les fleches d'una barra de desplazamientu.
5 37927 5f Especifica si los iconos de la barra de navegación escoyíu tienen de ser pequeños o grandes.
13 HID_PROP_DATEFORMAT 43 Equí, pue determinar el formatu que quier pa la fecha de llectura.
15 HID_PROP_REPEAT_DELAY 45 Especifica'l retrasu en milisegundos ente los eventos que se repiten.
11 HID_PROP_EDITMASK 97 Define la mázcara d'edición. Al especificar un códigu de caráuter puen determinase los caráuteres que l'usuariu pue escribir nel campu de control.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TOGGLE 156 Indica si un botón pa calcar se porta como un botón de conmutación. Si definió la conmutación como «Sí», pue cambiar ente los estaos «seleicionáu» y «non seleicionáu» del control cuando faiga clic nel botón o calque la barra d'espaciu cuando'l control tien el focu. Un botón col estáu «seleicionáu» apaez como «calcáu».
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WIDTH 25 Define l'anchor del campu de control.
15 HID_PROP_CONTROLLABEL 37 Especifica l'orixe de la etiqueta del campu de control.
5 37931 77 Especifica si amosar o anubrir los elementos de filtru y ordenación d'un control de Barra de Navegación seleicionáu.
17 HID_PROP_CURRENCYSYMBOL 4e Pue indicase como símbolu de moneda un caráuter o una cadena de caráuteres.
e HID_PROP_WIDTH 3a Establez l'anchu de columna nel campu de control de tabla.
47 modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Flabelselectiondialog%2FLabelSelectionDialog 6e Seleicione'l cuadru Ensin asignación pa desaniciar l'enllaz ente un control y el campu d'etiqueta conseñáu.
5 37967 6a Especifica'l color de borde de los campos de control que tienen la propiedá Borde configurada como plana.
d HID_PROP_SPIN 58 La opción "Sí" tresforma'l campu de control nun campu xiratorio con botones de flecha.
12 HID_PROP_LINECOUNT 8e Especifique'l númberu de llinies que va apaecer na llista desplegable. Esti axuste namái s'activa si escueye "Sí" na opción "desplegable".
17 HID_PROP_MULTISELECTION 35 Dexa escoyer más d'un elementu nun cuadru de llista.
15 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMAX 60 Define un valor pal campu de control que nengún otru valor introducíu pol usuariu pue superar.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_POSITIONX 3f Define la posición X del campu de control, respectu a l'ancla.
e HID_PROP_ALIGN 5e Especifica la opción d'alliniación de testu o gráficos que s'utilicen nun campu de control.
19 HID_PROP_DECIMAL_ACCURACY 4f Determina la cantidá de díxitos que s'amuesen a la derecha del puntu decimal.
11 HID_PROP_HELPTEXT 5d Apurre la opción d'entrar un testu d'ayuda que se va amosar a mou de suxerencia nel control.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VISIBLESIZE fe Especifica'l tamañu del control de la barra de desplazamientu en "unidaes de valor". Por exemplu, un valor de ("Valor de desplazamientu máx." menos "Valor de desplazamientu mín." ) / 2 da como resultáu un control qu'ocupa la metá del área de fondu.
13 HID_PROP_TIMEFORMAT 43 Equí defínese'l formatu deseyáu pa la visualización de la hora.
e HID_PROP_LABEL 5c La propiedá Etiqueta establez la etiqueta del campu de control que s'amuesa nel formulariu.
13 HID_PROP_BUTTONTYPE 53 La propiedá Aición determina l'aición que tien llugar cuando s'activa un botón.
1b HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SELECT_SEQ 52 Especifica la entrada del cuadru de llista que se debe marcar como predeterminada.
12 HID_PROP_IMAGE_URL 61 La propiedá Imaxe especifica la ruta y nome de ficheru de la imaxe que deseya amosar nel botón.
15 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMIN 4a Pue definir equí un valor pa evitar que l'usuariu ingrese un valor menor.
15 HID_PROP_AUTOCOMPLETE 37 Asigna la función Autorrellenar a un cuadru combináu.
12 HID_PROP_VALUESTEP 32 Determine los intervalos de botones de seleición.
15 HID_PROP_STRICTFORMAT 5e Si ta activada (Sí) la función de formatu estrictu, namái s'aceuten los caráuteres dexaos.
17 HID_PROP_STRINGITEMLIST 117 Define la llista d'entraes visible nel documentu. Abra esta llista y digite el testu. Utilice MAYUS+Enter pa un saltu de llinia. Con llistes y cuadros combinaos, pue definir la llista d'entraes que van ser visibles nel documentu. Abra'l campu Entrada de Llista y digite el testu.
15 HID_PROP_TARGET_FRAME 76 Especifique'l marcu destín pa visualizar el documentu qu'esta abiertu pola aición "Documentu abiertu / páxina web".
10 HID_PROP_DATEMIN 3e Determina la fecha más temprana qu'un usuariu pue introducir.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINEINCREMENT 80 Especifique'l valor que se va amestar o va quitar cuando l'usuariu faiga clic nel iconu de flecha de la barra de desplazamientu.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WHEEL_BEHAVIOR 16a Define si'l valor camuda cuando l'usuariu mueve la rueda del mur. Nunca: el valor nun camuda. Con focu: (predetermináu), el valor camuda cuando'l campu de control tien el focu y la rueda ta apuntando al control y muévese. Siempres: el valor camuda cuando la rueda apunta al campu de control y muévese, independientemente del campu de control que tenga'l focu.
10 HID_PROP_HELPURL 92 Especifica una etiqueta de pila na ortografía de la URL que se refier a un documentu d'ayuda y que pue executase cola ayuda del campu de control.
d HID_PROP_NAME 9f Na llingüeta Propiedaes, esta opción especifica'l nome del campu de control. Na llingüetaPropiedaes de formatu, esta opción específica'l nome del formatu.
10 HID_PROP_HSCROLL 4d Amiesta a un cuadru de testu'l tipu de barra de desplazamientu que s'indique.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPININCREMENT 64 Establez l'intervalu p'aumentar o menguar con cada activación del control del botón de seleición.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_POSITIONY 40 Define la posición Y de'l campu de control, respectu a l'ancla.
5 37965 68 Especifica si una seleición de testu nun control permanez escoyida cuando'l control dexa de tar activu.
17 HID_PROP_DEFAULT_BUTTON 79 La propiedá Botón predetermináu especifica que'l botón correspondiente va activase cuando se calque la tecla Retorno.
10 HID_PROP_DATEMAX 52 Determina una fecha que nun se pue superar por otru valor introducíu pol usuariu.
13 HID_PROP_MAXTEXTLEN 46 Define'l númberu máximu de caráuteres que l'usuariu pue introducir.
14 HID_PROP_LITERALMASK 94 Define una mázcara lliteral. La mázcara lliteral contién los valores inicales que siempres tán visibles dempués de la descarga d'un formulariu.
11 HID_PROP_READONLY 4c Determina si'l control ye de solo llectura (Sí) o si pue ser editáu (Non).
10 HID_PROP_TIMEMAX 4f Determina un tiempu que nengún otru valor introducíu pol usuariu pue superar.
f HID_PROP_REPEAT 87 Especifica si l'aición d'un control como un botón de seleición repitir al faer clic nel control y caltener calcáu'l botón del mur.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WORDBREAK 24 Amuesa'l testu en más d'una llinia.
18 HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MIN 47 Especifique'l valor mínimu d'un control de la barra de desplazamientu.
18 HID_PROP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR 30 Establez el color de fondu del campu de control.
5 37966 7a Especifica si los caxellos de verificación y los botones d'opción amosar en 3D (configuración predeterminada) o planos.
18 HID_PROP_LIST_CELL_RANGE 7d Introduza un rangu de caxelles que contenga les entraes pa un cuadru de llista o un cuadru combináu d'una fueya de cálculu.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_UNCHECKEDREFVALUE 127 Los caxellos de verificación y los bótones d'opción nes fueyes de cálculu puen enllazase a caxelles del documentu actual. Si'l control ta habilitáu, el valor que s'ingrese na referencia (on) copiar a la caxella. Si'l control ta evacuáu, el valor de la referencia (off) copiar a la caxella.
13 HID_PROP_BOUND_CELL 9e Especifica la referencia a una caxella enllazada d'una fueya de cálculu. El conteníu o estáu en vivu del control tán enllazaos al conteníu de la caxella.
1b HID_PROP_CELL_EXCHANGE_TYPE 66 Escueya el mou de vinculación d'un cuadru de llista con una caxella enllazada nuna fueya de cálculu.
11 HID_PROP_REFVALUE de Pue introducir un valor de referencia pal formulariu de web, que se va unviar al sirvidor al unviar el formulariu. En formularios de base de datos, el valor escribir nel campu de base de datos asignáu al campu de control.
16 HID_PROP_CONTROLSOURCE 51 Especifica'l campu de la fonte de datos al que'l campu de control fai referencia.
14 HID_PROP_BOUNDCOLUMN c9 Por aciu un índiz, especifique'l campu de tabla o la consulta SQL de tabla enllazada col campu que s'apurre en Campu de datos. Los valores válidos d'esta propiedá son 1, 2, 3, y asina sucesivamente.
16 HID_PROP_EMPTY_IS_NULL 107 Defini como pue ser remanada una cadena d'entrada balera. Si esta configurada como SI, una cadena d'entrada de longitud cero va ser tratada como un valor NULL. Si esta configurada como Non, cualquier entrada sera tratada como tal ensin ningun tipu de conversión.
13 HID_PROP_LISTSOURCE e1 En formularios de base de datos, especifica l'orixe de datos pal conteníu de la llista del elementu de formulariu. Esti campu pue utilizase pa definir una llista de valores pa documentos ensin conexón con una base de datos.
17 HID_PROP_LISTSOURCETYPE 66 Determina los datos que se deben utilizar pa enllenar los llistaos en cuadros de llistáu y combinaos.
17 HID_PROP_FILTERPROPOSAL 108 Mientres el diseñu del formulariu, pue activase la propiedá "Propuesta de filtru" de tolos campos de testu de la llingüeta Datos del diálogu Propiedaes correspondiente. Nes socesives busques en mou filtru pue escoyese tola información contenida nestos campos.
13 HID_EVT_MOUSEEXITED 4f L'eventu Mur fuera tien llugar cuando'l mur atópase fora del campu de control.
14 HID_EVT_MOUSEPRESSED 79 L'eventu Botón del mur calcáutien llugar si púlsiase'l botón del mur cuando'l punteru atopa sobre'l campu de control.
12 HID_EVT_MOUSEMOVED 56 L'eventu Movimientu de mur tien llugar si'l mur muévese percima del campu de control.
14 HID_EVT_MOUSEDRAGGED 6f L'Eventu Mover el mur mientres se prime una tecla asocedi cuando'l mur abásnase mientres una tecla ye primida.
1e HID_EVT_APPROVEACTIONPERFORMED 58 Esti eventu tien lugar enantes d'activar una aición faciendo clic nel campu de control.
17 HID_EVT_ACTIONPERFORMED 45 L'eventu Executar aición tien llugar cuando s'empecipia una aición.
f HID_EVT_CHANGED 73 L'eventu Modificáu tien llugar cuando'l campu de control pierde'l focu y el so conteníu camuda al habelo perdíu.
13 HID_EVT_TEXTCHANGED 5c L'eventu Testu modificáu tien llugar si introduzse o modifica un testu nun campu d'entrada.
18 HID_EVT_ITEMSTATECHANGED 50 L'eventu Estáu modificáu tien llugar si l'estáu del campu de control camudó.
15 HID_EVT_MOUSERELEASED 77 L'eventu Botón del mur soltáu tien llugar si suelta'l botón del mur cuando'l punteru atopa sobre'l campu de control.
11 HID_EVT_FOCUSLOST 4b The When losing focus event takes place if a control field loses the focus.
13 HID_EVT_FOCUSGAINED 4c L'eventu Recepción de focu tien llugar si un campu de control ta resaltáu.
10 HID_EVT_KEYTYPED 6b L'eventu Tecla calcada tien llugar cuando l'usuariu calca una tecla cuando'l campu de control ta resaltáu.
14 HID_EVT_MOUSEENTERED 50 L'eventu Mur dientro tien llugar si'l mur atópase dientro del campu de control.
d HID_EVT_KEYUP 76 L'eventu  Dempués de calcar una tecla  asocedi cuando l'usuariu suelta cualquier tecla cuando'l control tien el focu.
15 .uno%3AFormProperties 63 Nesti diálogu pue especificar, ente otres coses, l'orixe de datos y los eventos de tol formulariu.
18 HID_PROP_SUBMIT_ENCODING 3f Especifica'l tipu de codificación de la tresferencia de datos.
16 HID_PROP_SUBMIT_METHOD 4d Especifica'l métodu pa tresferir la información d'un formulariu completáu.
15 HID_EVT_ERROROCCURRED 57 L'eventu Asocedió un fallu  actívase si produz un fallu al aportar al orixe de datos.
18 HID_EVT_APPROVEPARAMETER 7b L'eventu  Rellenar parámetros tien llugar cuando'l formulariu que se va a cargar tien parámetros que tienen de rellenase.
13 HID_EVT_POSITIONING 76 L'eventu Enantes del cambéu de rexistru de datos tien llugar  primero que'l punteru del rexistru actual modifíquese.
11 HID_EVT_ROWCHANGE 6d L'eventu Dempués de l'aición nel rexistru de datos produzse xusto dempués del cambéu del rexistru actual.
18 HID_EVT_APPROVEROWCHANGE 6c L'eventu Enantes de l'aición nel rexistru de datos tien llugar  primero que'l rexistru actual modifíquese.
e HID_EVT_LOADED 46 L'eventu Al cargar tien llugar xustu dempués de cargar el formulariu.
15 HID_EVT_CONFIRMDELETE 56 L'eventu Confirmar eliminación tien llugar asina los datos desaniciar del formulariu.
13 HID_EVT_AFTERUPDATE 90 L'eventu Dempués d'anovar tien llugar dempués de que'l conteníu del campu de control modificáu pol usuariu escribiérase nel orixe de datos.
17 HID_EVT_APPROVERESETTED 50 L'eventu Enantes de restablecer tien lugar enantes de restablecer un formulariu.
11 HID_EVT_SUBMITTED 54 L'eventu Enantes d'unviar tien llugar primero que s'unvien los datos del formulariu.
11 HID_EVT_RELOADING 4a L'eventu Enantes de recargar tien lugar enantes de recargar el formulariu.
10 HID_EVT_RESETTED 54 L'eventu  Dempués de restablecer tien llugar dempués de restablecer un formulariu.
10 HID_EVT_RELOADED 4b L'eventu  Al recargar tien llugar xustu dempués de recargar el formulariu.
11 HID_EVT_UNLOADING 79 L'eventu Enantes de descargar tien lugar enantes de descargar el formulariu; esto ye, de dixebralo del so orixe de datos.
12 HID_EVT_POSITIONED 7b L'eventu Tres el cambéu de rexistru de datos tien llugar xustu dempués de que'l punteru del rexistru actual modifíquese.
10 HID_EVT_UNLOADED 79 L'eventu Al descargar tien llugar xustu dempués de descargar el formulariu; esto ye, de dixebralo del so orixe de datos.
14 HID_PROP_SLAVEFIELDS 79 Si crea un subformulario, escriba les variables nes que puedan guardase valores posibles del campu del formulariu cimeru.
15 HID_PROP_MASTERFIELDS 99 Si crea un subformulario, introduza'l campu de datos del formulariu cimeru responsable de la sincronización ente'l formulariu cimeru y el subformulario.
18 HID_PROP_ALLOW_DELETIONS 23 Determina si puen desaniciar datos.
14 HID_PROP_ALLOW_EDITS 22 Determina si puen modificar datos.
13 HID_PROP_DATASOURCE 44 Define l'orixe de datos al que tien de faer referencia'l formulariu.
15 HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCE 10f Determina'l conteníu que se debe usar pal formulariu. El conteníu pue ser una tabla o una consulta (creada enantes na base de datos), o pue tar definida por aciu d'una espresión SQL. Enantes d'escribir un conteníu, tien de definise'l tipu esactu en Tipu de conteníu.
19 HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCETYPE 97 Define si l'orixe de datos va ser una tabla o una consulta de base de datos esistente o si tien de xenerase'l formulariu a partir d'una espresión SQL.
e HID_PROP_CYCLE 45 Define el mou d'efeutuar el navegación cola tecla de la tabulación.
18 HID_PROP_FILTER_CRITERIA 9d Escriba les condiciones necesaries pa peñerar los datos nel formulariu. Les especificaciones de filtru siguen les regles SQL ensin emplegar la clausa WHERE.
16 HID_PROP_SORT_CRITERIA b4 Especifica les condiciones d'ordenación de los datos nel formulariu. La especificación de les condiciones d'ordenación sigue les regles de SQL ensin utilizar la clausa ORDER BY.
18 HID_PROP_ALLOW_ADDITIONS 21 Determina si puen amestase datos.
1a HID_PROP_ESCAPE_PROCESSING 3c Especifica si la sentencia SQL va analizar por %PRODUCTNAME.
12 HID_PROP_DATAENTRY 6c Determina si'l formulariu namái dexa amestar datos nuevos (Sí) o si tamién almite otres propiedaes (Non).
13 HID_PROP_NAVIGATION 5e Especifica si puen utilizase les funciones de navegación de la barra de formularios inferior.
2c modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FautoB 7e Faiga clic nel botón Orde automáticu pa ordenar automáticamente los campos de control según la so posición nel documentu.
2c modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FdownB 79 Faiga clic nel botón Mover escontra baxo por que'l campu de control escoyíu baxe una posición nel orde de tabulación.
2a modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FupB 79 Faiga clic nel botón Mover escontra riba por que'l campu de control escoyíu xuba una posición nel orde de tabulación.
2f modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FCTRLtree 87 Llista tolos campos de control del formulariu. Estos controles puen escoyese cola tecla de tabulación nel orde axustáu de riba abaxo.
10 .uno%3ATabDialog 92 El diálogu Orde de tabulación dexa modificar l'orde en que los campos de control llogren el focu cuando l'usuariu calca la tecla de tabulación.
d HID_FIELD_SEL b5 Les llistes de ventanes del campu de seleición de tolos campos de la base de datos de la tabla o consulta que fueron especificaos como la fonte de datos nes Propiedaes de formatos.
f .uno%3AAddField 6f Abre una ventana onde se pue selecccionar el campu de la base de datos pa ser amestáu al formulariu o reporte.
1e .uno%3ASwitchControlDesignMode c6 Activa y desactiva el mou Diseñu. Esta función utilizar pa camudar rápido ente les maneres Diseñu y Usuariu. Active pa editar los campos de control del formulariu, desactive pa poder utilizalos.
14 SID_FM_RENAME_OBJECT 21 Camuda'l nome del oxetu escoyíu.
d SID_FM_DELETE 1f Desanicia la entrada escoyida.!
11 SID_FM_NEW_HIDDEN ac Crea un control ocultu nel formulariu escoyíu que nun s'amosará en pantalla. El control ocultu utilizar pa incluyir información que se va tresmitir xuntu col formulariu.
f SID_FM_NEW_FORM 27 Crea un nuevu formulariu nel documentu.
a SID_FM_NEW 88 Amiesta nuevos elementos al formulariu. La función Amestar namái pue executase si escoyóse un formulariu nel Navegador de formulariu.
12 HID_FORM_NAVIGATOR 80 El Navegador de formulariu contién una llista con tolos formularios creaos (lóxicos) colos campos de control correspondientes.
1a .uno%3AShowPropertyBrowser 37 Empecipia'l diálogu Propiedaes de la entrada escoyida.
15 .uno%3AShowFmExplorer ab Abre'l diálogu Navegador de formulariu. El Navegador de formulariu amuesa tolos formularios y subformularios del documentu actual colos sos respectivos campos de control.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ftableselectionpage%2Ftable 23 Especifica la tabla que se precisa.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ftableselectionpage%2Fdatasource 41 Especifica l'orixe de datos que contién la tabla que se precisa.
38 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fcontentfieldpage%2Fselectfield 41 Amuesa los campos de datos que s'aceuten nel campu de formulariu.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fcontenttablepage%2Ftable 6d Nel campu Tabla, escueya la tabla col campu de datos que'l so conteníu tenga d'amosase nel campu de control.
3e DBP_EDIT_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_ET_DISPLAYEDFIELD 58 Especifica'l campu que los sos datos tienen d'apaecer nos cuadros combinaos o de llista.
3e DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_LB_SELECTFIELD 49 Amuesa tolos campos de tabla escoyíos na páxina anterior del Asistente.
33 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldlinkpage%2Flisttable 6c Especifica'l campu de datos de tabla enllazáu que se rellaciona col campu de tabla de valores especificáu.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldlinkpage%2Fvaluefield 69 Especifica'l campu de datos de formulariu actual que se debe rellacionar con un campu na tabla enllazada.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FnoRadiobutton 7a Specifies that the value of this combination field will not be written in the database and will only be saved in the form.
42 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FstoreInFieldCombobox 4b Specifies the data field where the combination field value should be saved.
3c modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FyesRadiobutton 6d Specifies whether the user's entered or selected combination field value should be saved in a database field.
13 .uno%3AOpenReadOnly 3b Abre los formularios en mou diseñu por que puedan editase.
11 .uno%3AUseWizards 5b Especifica si tien d'empecipiase automáticamente l'Asistente al inxertar un control nuevu.
15 .uno%3ADesignerDialog 6d Especifica si amuésase o se anubre la ventana Estilu y formatu, que ye onde s'asignen y entamen los estilos.
11 .uno%3AStyleApply 87 Dexa asignar un estilu al párrafu actual, a párrafos escoyíos o a un oxetu escoyíu. En Formatu - Estilu y formatu hai más estilos.
13 .uno%3ACharFontName 50 Dexa escoyer un nome de tipu de lletra de la llista o escribir unu directamente.
11 .uno%3AFontHeight 69 Dexa escoyer ente diversos tamaños de tipu de lletra de la llista o escribir un tamañu de forma manual.
1e .uno%3ATextdirectionLeftToRigh 2e Especifica la direición horizontal del testu.
1e .uno%3ATextdirectionTopToBotto 2c Especifica la direición vertical del testu.
16 .uno%3ADecrementIndent c5 Faiga clic nel iconuAmenorgar sangría pa menguar la sangría esquierda del párrafu actual o del conteníu de la caxella y establecela na posición predeterminada del altu de tabulación anterior.
16 .uno%3AIncrementIndent b9 Faiga clic nel iconu"Aumentar sangría" p'aumentar la sangría esquierda del párrafu actual o del conteníu de la caxella moviéndolos a la posición del siguiente alto de tabulación.
10 .uno%3ABackColor 156 Applies the current highlight color to the background of a text selection. If no text is selected, click the Highlight Color icon, select the text that you want to highlight, and then click the Highlight Color icon again. To change the highlight color, click the arrow next to the Highlight Color icon, and then click the color that you want.
16 .uno%3ABackgroundColor ba Faiga clic p'abrir una barra de ferramientes onde poder seleicionar un color pal fondu de párrafu. El color aplícase al fondu del párrafu actual o de los párrafos que tean escoyíos.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceIncrease 5f Faiga clic nel iconu Aumentar espaciu p'amontar l'espaciu qu'hai percima del párrafu escoyíu.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceDecrease 62 Faiga clic nel iconu  Amenorgar espaciu pa menguar l'espaciu qu'hai percima del párrafu escoyíu.
15 .uno%3ASetBorderStyle 86 Faiga clic nel iconu Cantos p'abrir la barra de ferramientes de bordes, que dexa modificar el borde d'una área de páxina o un oxetu.
10 .uno%3ALineStyle 7d Faiga clic nesti iconu p'abrir la barra de ferramientes Estilu de llinia, que dexa modificar l'estilu de la llinia del borde.
15 .uno%3AFrameLineColor 8c Faiga clic nel iconu Color llinia del borde p'abrir la barra de ferramientes Color de borde, que dexa camudar el color del borde d'un oxetu.
17 .uno%3AToggleAnchorType 2b Dexa alternar ente les opciones de anclaxe.
14 .uno%3AOptimizeTable 65 Abre una barra de ferramientes que contién funciones pa optimizar les fileres y columnes nuna tabla.
13 .uno%3ALineEndStyle 84 Abre la barra de ferramientes Puntes de flecha. Utilice los símbolos amosaos pa definir l'estilu del estremu de la llinia escoyida.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectRotateMode 16 Xira l'oxetu escoyíu.
12 .uno%3AObjectAlign 30 Modifica l'alliniación de los oxetos escoyíos.
15 .uno%3ADecrementLevel 5a Mueve'l párrafu escoyíu un nivel escontra baxo na xerarquía de numberación o viñetes.
15 .uno%3AIncrementLevel 5a Mueve'l párrafu escoyíu un nivel escontra riba na xerarquía de numberación o viñetes.
d .uno%3AMoveUp 38 Asitia'l párrafu escoyíu delantre del que tien enriba.
f .uno%3AMoveDown 3d Asitia'l párrafu escoyíu de siguío del párrafu siguiente.
14 .uno%3ADefaultBullet 58 Asigna viñetes a los párrafos escoyíos o les desanicia de los párrafos con viñetes.
e .uno%3AOpenUrl a3 Carga un documentu especificáu por aciu d'una URL indicada. Pue escribir una nueva URL o escoyer una de la llista. Amuesa un camín completu del documentu actual.
d .uno%3AReload 3f Sustitúi'l documentu actual pola so últimu versión guardada.
1c HID_HELP_TEXT_SELECTION_MODE ea Un cursor de seleición pue activase nun documentu de namái llectura o na Ayuda. Escueya Editar - Escoyer testu o abra'l menú contestual d'un documentu de namái llectura y escueya Escoyer testu. El cursor de seleición nun ceguña.
e .uno%3AEditDoc 4c Dexa modificar un documentu o una tabla de base de datos de namái llectura.
11 .uno%3ADSBEditDoc 49 Activa o desactiva el mou d'edición de la tabla de base de datos actual.
b .uno%3AStop 5e Click to interrupt the current loading process, Ctrl-click to interrupt all loading processes.
18 .uno%3AExportDirectToPDF 5f Esporta'l documentu actual directamente como PDF. Nun apaez nengún diálogu de configuración.
15 .uno%3AStatusGetTitle 45 Amuesa información avera del documentu de %PRODUCTNAME Basic activu.
18 .uno%3AStatusGetPosition 86 Amuesa la posición actual del cursor nel documentu %PRODUCTNAME Basic. Especifícase'l númberu de filera y, dempués, el de columna.
17 HID_ICCDIALOG_RESET_BTN 39 Restablez les entraes del diálogu al so estáu orixinal.
14 HID_ICCDIALOG_OK_BTN 1e Aplica los datos al documentu.
18 HID_ICCDIALOG_CANCEL_BTN 1f Zarra'l diálogu ensin guardar.
1c .uno%3ACopyHyperlinkLocation 27 Copia la direición URL nel cartafueyu.
16 .uno%3ARemoveHyperlink 35 Desanicia'l hiperenllaz, dexando testu ensin formatu.
1c .uno%3AOpenHyperlinkOnCursor 37 Abre'l hiperenllaz nel so navegador Web predetermináu.
18 HID_ICCDIALOG_CHOICECTRL 33 Escueya'l tipu de hiperenllaz que se debe inxertar.
14 .uno%3AEditHyperlink 26 Abre'l cuadru de diálogu Hiperenllaz.
38 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3AED_TEXT 20 Escriba un nome pal hiperenllaz.
35 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3AED_TEXT 20 Escriba un nome pal hiperenllaz.
31 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3AED_TEXT 20 Escriba un nome pal hiperenllaz.
42 SVX%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ABTN_SCRIPT 8b Abre'l diálogu Asignar macro, nel que pue asignar el so propiu códigu programa a eventos como "mur sobre oxetu" o "executar hiperenllaz".
3b SVX%3ALISTBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ALB_FORM 3e Especifica si'l hiperenllaz inxertar como testu o como botón.
3d cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ACB_FRAME ce Introduza'l nome del marcu onde deseye que s'abrir el ficheru enllazáu, o escueya un marcu predefiníu na llista. Si dexa esti cuadru en blancu, el ficheru enllazáu abrir na ventana actual del esplorador.
3a cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ACB_FRAME ce Introduza'l nome del marcu onde deseye que s'abrir el ficheru enllazáu, o escueya un marcu predefiníu na llista. Si dexa esti cuadru en blancu, el ficheru enllazáu abrir na ventana actual del esplorador.
3a cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ACB_FRAME ce Introduza'l nome del marcu onde deseye que s'abrir el ficheru enllazáu, o escueya un marcu predefiníu na llista. Si dexa esti cuadru en blancu, el ficheru enllazáu abrir na ventana actual del esplorador.
36 SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3AED_LOGIN 49 Especifica'l nome d'entamu de sesión al trabayar con direiciones de FTP.
3e SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3AED_INDICATION 42 Especifica'l testu visible o'l títulu del botón del hiperenllaz.
43 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ARB_LINKTYP_FTP 18 Crea un hiperenllaz FTP.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2Fapply 3d Inxerta'l destín nel campu Destín del diálogu Hiperenllaz.
35 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3AED_TEXT 20 Escriba un nome pal hiperenllaz.
48 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ARB_LINKTYP_INTERNET 19 Crea un hiperenllaz http.
37 SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3AED_PASSWD 4a Especifica la contraseña del usuariu, si trabayar con direiciones de FTP.
1a CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_INET_PATH a9 Ingresa una URL por que el ficheru que quieras abrir cuando faigas clic nel enllaz. Si nun especifiques un marcu, el ficheru abrira dientro del documentu o marcu actual.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2Fclose 63 Una vegada escritu'l hiperenllaz, faiga clic en Zarrar pa establecer l'enllaz y salir del diálogu.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2FTreeListBox 53 Especifica la posición del documentu a la que deseya saltar nel documentu destín.
3f SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ACBX_ANONYMOUS 47 Dexa empecipiar una sesión na direición de FTP como usuariu anónimu.
36 cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3ACB_FRAME ce Introduza'l nome del marcu onde deseye que s'abrir el ficheru enllazáu, o escueya un marcu predefiníu na llista. Si dexa esti cuadru en blancu, el ficheru enllazáu abrir na ventana actual del esplorador.
39 SVX_IMAGEBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL_BTN_ADRESSBOOK 27 Hides or shows the data source browser.
16 HID_HYPERDLG_MAIL_PATH 6b Especifica la URL completa del destinatario nel formatu mailto:nome@provisor.com o news:grupu.sirvidor.com.
2e SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL_ED_SUBJECT 4f Especifica l'asuntu indicáu na llinia d'asuntu del nuevu documentu de mensaxe.
3a SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL_RB_LINKTYP_MAIL 36 Assigns the specified e-mail address to the hyperlink.
3f SVX%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ABTN_BROWSE 2e Abre'l diálogu destín dientro del documentu.
3b SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3AED_TARGET_DOC 57 Especifica un destín pal enllaz dientro del documentu especificar dientro del la ruta.
41 SVX%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ABTN_FILEOPEN 37 Abre el diálogu abrir, cuando pues escoyer un ficheru.
19 CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_DOC_PATH a9 Ingresa una URL por que el ficheru que quieras abrir cuando faigas clic nel enllaz. Si nun especifiques un marcu, el ficheru abrira dientro del documentu o marcu actual.
1a CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT a9 Ingresa una URL por que el ficheru que quieras abrir cuando faigas clic nel enllaz. Si nun especifiques un marcu, el ficheru abrira dientro del documentu o marcu actual.
45 SVX%3ALISTBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ALB_DOCUMENT_TYPES 34 Especifica un tipu de ficheru pa un nuevu documentu.
42 SVX%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ABTN_CREATE 3b Abre'l diálogu de escoyer ruta, onde pues escoyer la ruta.
3f cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3AED_PATH_NEWDOC 4d Ingresa una URL pal ficheru que quiera abrir cuando das clic en hypervinculo.
44 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ARB_EDITLATER 3f Especifica'l documentu esta creáu pero nun ye abiertu darréu.
42 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ARB_EDITNOW 45 Especifica'l nuevu documentu esta creáu y darréu abrir pa edición.
13 .uno%3APreviousPage 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
f .uno%3ANextPage 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
10 .uno%3AFirstPage 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
f .uno%3ALastPage 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
f .uno%3ACloseWin 1a Closes the current window.
21 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_ADMINISTRATE e2 Abre un diálogu p'amestar, editar o desaniciar un ficheru de base de datos de la llista de bases de datos rexistraes. El mesmu diálogu abrir al escoyer %PRODUCTNAME Base - Bases de datos nel cuadru de diálogu de "Opciones".
22 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_EDIT_DATABASE 35 Abre el ficheru de base de datos escoyíu pa editalo.
21 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_RENAME_ENTRY 105 Si deseya camudar el nome d'un elementu, escueya esti comandu y especifique el nome nuevu. Pue efeutuar la mesma aición, escoyendo l'elementu y primiendo F2. La base de datos tien de dexar el cambéu de nomes; de lo contrario, el comandu nun va tar habilitáu.
1e DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_CLOSECONN 6d Zarra la conexón al orixe de los datos. Vea %PRODUCTNAME Base - Conexones nel cuadru de diálogu "Opciones".
18 .uno%3ADSBrowserExplorer 49 Activa o desactiva la visualización del esplorador d'oríxenes de datos.
f .uno%3ASortDown 39 Ordena los datos del campu escoyíu en forma descendente.
11 .uno%3AAutoFilter 47 Peneráu de rexistros, basar nel conteníu del campu de datos escoyíu.
17 .uno%3ARemoveFilterSort 52 Encaboxa la configuración de filtros y amuesa tolos rexistros de la tabla actual.
1f HID_BROWSER_REFRESH_REBUILDVIEW 70 Recompon la vista de la tabla de base de datos. Emplegue esti comandu cuando camudara la estructura de la tabla.
e .uno%3ARefresh 18 Anova los datos amosaos.
13 .uno%3ASbaBrwInsert 58 Inxerta tolos campos del rexistru escoyíu na posición del cursor del documentu actual.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fautoformat 73 Abre'l diálogu Autoformatu, nel que puen escoyese estilos de formatu que s'apliquen a la tabla de forma inmediata.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftableformat 81 Abre'l diálogu Formatu de tabla, nel que puen definise les propiedaes de les tables, por exemplu l'anchu, el fondu y los bordes.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Frowonly 42 Inxerta una llinia de testera balera dientro de la tabla de testu.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fastable 60 Inxerta nel documentu los datos escoyíos del esplorador de la fonte de datos en forma de tabla.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Foneleft 51 Quita'l campu de la base de datos escoyíu del cuadru de llista Columnes de tabla
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftablecols 52 Llista toles columnes de la base de datos que se tienen qu'inxertar nel documentu.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fallright 56 Mueve tolos campos de base de datos llistaos al cuadru de llista Columna(s) de tabla .
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fallleft 4b Quita tolos campos de base de datos del cuadru de llista Columnes de tabla.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftabledbcols 54 Especifica les columnes de la base de datos que se deben inxertar na tabla de testu.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Foneright 4f Mueve'l campu de base de datos llistáu al cuadru de llista Columnes de tabla .
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fcolumnname 79 Utiliza los nomes de los campos de la tabla de base de datos como testera de caúna de les columnes de la tabla de testu.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fnumformat 69 Si nun s'aceuta la información de formatu de dellos campos de datos, especifica un formatu de la llista.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ffromdatabase 28 Aceuta los formatos de la base de datos.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftableheading 57 Especifica si tien d'inxertase una llinia de testera pa les columnes na tabla de testu.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fastext 5c Inxerta datos escoyíos del esplorador de la fonte de datos nel documentu en forma de testu.
28 .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FInsertContent 55 Anova'l conteníu de los campos de la base de datos por aciu los rexistros escoyíos.
11 .uno%3AFilterCrit 27 Dexa establecer les opciones de filtru.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fvalue3 29 Especifica un valor pa peñerar el campu.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fcond3 77 Especifica los operadores de comparanza por aciu los cualos puen enllazase les entraes nos camposNome de campu y Valor.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Ffield3 4c Especifica los nomes de campu de la tabla actual pa definilos nel argumentu.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fop3 4c Pa los argumentos siguientes pue escoyese ente'l operadores lóxicos Y ó O.
1f .uno%3ADataFilterStandardFilter 47 Especifica les condiciones lóxiques pa peñerar los datos d'una tabla.
10 .uno%3AOrderCrit 2d Especifica l'orde (ascendente o descendente).
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbStartOver 88 Reinicia la busca. Una busca escontra alantre reiníciase col primer rexistru. Una busca escontra tras reiníciase col últimu rexistru.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbBackwards 66 Especifica que'l procesu de busca va funcionar en direición opuesta, del postreru al primer rexistru.
10 .uno%3ARecSearch 31 Busca nes tables de bases de datos y formularios.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForText 41 Escriba'l términu de busca nel cuadru o escuéyalo de la llista.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FlbForm 40 Especifica'l formulariu lóxicu nel que quier realizar la busca.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForNull 30 Especifica que se van atopar campos ensin datos.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbAllFields 13 Busca tolos campos.
21 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2Fclose 69 Zarra'l diálogu. La configuración de la última busca guardar hasta'l momentu de salir de %PRODUCTNAME.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FpbSearchAgain 1e Empecipia o encaboxa la busca.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbWildCard 2c Dexa efeutuar busques colos comodinos * o ?.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FlbPosition 47 Especifica la rellación del términu buscáu y el conteníu del campu.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbUseFormat 5d Especifica que se tengan en cuenta  tolos formatos de campu al esaminar nel documentu actual.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSingleField 26 Busca nun campu de datos especificáu.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbRegular 20 Busca con espresiones regulares.
2e cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForNotNull 2e Especifica que se van atopar campos con datos.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbCase 51 Especifica que se debe estremar ente mayúscules y minúscules mientres la busca.
11 .uno%3AFormFilter 69 Solicita al sirvidor de la base de datos que penere los datos visibles según los criterios especificaos.
13 .uno%3AFormFiltered 35 Conmuta ente la vista de la tabla con o ensin filtru.
15 .uno%3AViewFormAsGrid 3b Activa una vista de tabla adicional na vista de formulariu.
2d .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FDocumentDataSource 59 Nel esplorador del orixe de datos, amuesa la tabla que ta enllazada col documentu actual.
14 .uno%3ASbaExecuteSql 33 Executa la consulta SQL y amuesa la so resultancia.
13 .uno%3ADBClearQuery 44 Desanicia la consulta y quita toles tables de la ventana de diseñu.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fadd 1a Inxerta la tabla escoyida.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fqueries 18 Amuesa namái consultes.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Ftables 15 Amuesa namái tables.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fclose 20 Zarra'l diálogu Amestar tables.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Ftablelist 1e Llista les tables disponibles.
19 .uno%3ADBChangeDesignMode 30 Amuesa la vista de Diseñu o SQL de la consulta.
13 .uno%3ASbaNativeSql 83 En mou SQL nativu puen escribise comandos SQL que $[officename] nun interpreta, sinón que se pasen directamente al orixe de datos.
16 .uno%3ADBViewFunctions 62 Amuesa la filera "Función" na parte inferior de la vista Diseñu, na ventana Diseñu de consulta.
17 .uno%3ADBViewTableNames 4d Amuesa la filera "Tabla" na parte inferior de la ventana Diseñu de consulta.
14 .uno%3ADBViewAliases 4d Amuesa la filera "Alies" na parte inferior de la ventana Diseñu de consulta.
17 .uno%3ADBDistinctValues 64 Amplía col parámetru DISTINCT la espresión Select creada de la Consulta SQL de la columna actual.
13 .uno%3ASelectObject 29 Dexa escoyer oxetos nel documentu actual.
11 .uno%3ASourceView 8b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. This view is available when creating a new HTML document or opening an existing one.
11 SW_HID_SOURCEVIEW 8b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. This view is available when creating a new HTML document or opening an existing one.
13 .uno%3ALayoutStatus 7b Amuesa l'Estilu de páxina actual. Faer doble clic pa editar l'estilu, faer clic col botón derechu pa escoyer otru estilu.
10 .uno%3AStateZoom 43 Especifica'l factor d'escala de presentación de la páxina actual.
11 .uno%3AInsertMode 61 Amuesa el mou actual d'inxertamientu. Pue camudalo ente INSERT = inxerta y  SOBRE = sobreescribe.
1a .uno%3AStatusSelectionMode 3b Equí pue alternar ente les distintes formes de seleición.
10 SID_MODIFYSTATUS b4 Si los cambeos fechos nel documentu nun se guardó entá, un "*" amosar nesti campu de la barra d'estáu. Esto aplica tambien pa documentos nuevos, o los qu'entá nun se guardaron.
12 .uno%3ACurrentTime 16 Amuesa la hora actual.
12 .uno%3ACurrentDate 17 Amuesa la fecha actual.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fedges 28 Resalta o destaca les arestes del oxetu.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fheight 29 Define l'altor de les pieces del mosaicu.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fwidth 29 Define l'anchu de les pieces del mosaicu.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterMosaic 4c Combina grupos pequeños de píxeles n'árees rectangulares del mesmu color.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterRelief 2f Amuesa un diálogu pa la creación de relieves.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSobel 8c Amuesa la imaxe como si fora un dibuxu al carboncillo. Les contornes de la imaxe dibuxar en color negru y el colores orixinales suprímense.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPoster 42 Abre un diálogu pa determinar el númberu de colores del póster.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterInvert 64 Invierte los valores de color d'una imaxe en color o los del rellumu d'una imaxe n'escala de grises.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPopart 27 Convierte una imaxe en formatu pop-art.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterToolbox 71 This icon on the Image bar opens the Image Filter bar, where you can use various filters on the selected picture.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterSmooth 46 Anidia'l contraste d'una imaxe aplicando un filtru de baxa frecuencia.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fagingdialog%2Fvalue 9e Define la intensidá del avieyamientu, en porcentaxes. A 0% va ver los valores de gris de tolos pixeles. Y en 100% namái permanez la canal de color coloráu.
1f .uno%3AGraphicFilterRemoveNoise 36 Quita'l ruiu de la imaxe aplicando un filtru por aciu.
1c .uno%3AGraphicFilterSolarize 2d Abre un diálogu pa definir la solarización.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fsolarizedialog%2Fvalue 59 Especifica'l grau porcentual de rellumu percima del cual débense solarizar los píxeles.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterSharpen 45 Aumenta la nitidez d'una imaxe aplicando un filtru d'alta frecuencia.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSepia a7 Tolos pixeles establecer nos sos valores grises, entós les canales de color verde y azul amenorgar na cantidá especificada. La canal de color coloráu nun se camuda.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fposterdialog%2Fvalue 44 Especifica'l númberu de colores a los que se va amenorgar la imaxe.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsolarizedialog%2Finvert 35 Especifica si los píxeles tamién se deben invertir.
f .uno%3AGrafMode a7 Numbera los atributos de vista del oxetu gráficu escoyíu. L'oxetu gráficu enllastráu o enllazáu nel ficheru actual nun se modificar; namái se modificar la vista.
e .uno%3AGrafRed 55 Especifica la proporción del componente de color coloráu RGB pal gráficu escoyíu.
10 .uno%3AGrafGreen 5c Especifica la proporción de los componentes de color verde RGB pal oxetu gráficu escoyíu.
f .uno%3AGrafBlue 5e Especifica la proporción de los componentes d'el color azul  RGB pal oxetu gráficu escoyíu.
14 .uno%3AGrafLuminance 31 Especifica'l rellumu del oxetu gráficu escoyíu.
13 .uno%3AGrafContrast 41 Especifica'l contraste pa la visualización de la imaxe escoyida.
10 .uno%3AGrafGamma 62 Establez el valor gamma pa ver l'oxetu escoyíu, que afecta los valores del rellumu del tonomedio.
17 .uno%3AGrafTransparence 2c Establez la tresparencia nel oxetu gráficu.
b .uno%3ACrop 3d Arrastre cualesquier de les 8 manilles pa retayar la imágen.
13 .uno%3AGrafAttrCrop 7b Dexa retayar una presentación d'una imaxen inxertada. Namái la presentación ye retayada, la imaxen inxertada nun camuda.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.frame 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
25 .uno%3ABasicShapes.isosceles-triangle 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
19 .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
21 .uno%3ABasicShapes.right-triangle 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.hexagon 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
1b .uno%3ABasicShapes.pentagon 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-quadrat 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.quadrat 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
22 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-rectangle 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.ellipse 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
16 .uno%3ABasicShapes.can 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.rectangle 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cube 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
12 .uno%3ABasicShapes 5a Abra la barra de ferramientes Formes básiques, que dexa inxertar gráficos nel documentu.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.trapezoid 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cross 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.diamond 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.ring 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.parallelogram 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.octagon 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
1d .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle-pie 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.block-arc 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.paper 75 Prima clic nun iconude Formes Básiques na barra de ferramientes, depués arrastre al documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
22 .uno%3AArrowShapes.s-sharped-arrow 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
24 .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-round-arrow 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.circular-arrow 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow-callout 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.striped-right-arrow 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down--arrow-callout 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-down-arrow 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
20 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down-arrow 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow-callout 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
2b .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow-callout 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-arrow 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow-callout 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
1b .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
1a .uno%3AArrowShapes.chevron 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow-callout 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.corner-right-arrow 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
12 .uno%3AArrowShapes 5b Abre la barra de ferramientes Fleches de bloque, que dexa inxertar gráficos nel documentu.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.notched-right-arrow 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.pentagon-right 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow-callout 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow-callout 7a Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Fleches, depués allugue'l cursor dientro del documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.cloud-callout 6f Prima un iconuna barra de ferramientes de Llamaes, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-callout 6f Prima un iconuna barra de ferramientes de Llamaes, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
2e .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-rectangular-callout 6f Prima un iconuna barra de ferramientes de Llamaes, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-3 6f Prima un iconuna barra de ferramientes de Llamaes, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-2 6f Prima un iconuna barra de ferramientes de Llamaes, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-1 6f Prima un iconuna barra de ferramientes de Llamaes, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
28 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.rectangular-callout 6f Prima un iconuna barra de ferramientes de Llamaes, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
14 .uno%3ACalloutShapes 51 Abre la barra de ferramientes Llamaes, que dexa inxertar gráficos nel documentu.
14 .uno%3AColorSettings 4d Na barra d'herramienta Color pue editar delles propiedaes del oxetu escoyíu.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-display 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
36 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-direct-access-storage 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-magnetic-disk 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-stored-data 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-merge 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-internal-storage 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sort 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-summing-junction 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-multidocument 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sequential-access 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-data 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-decision 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-input 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-alternate-process 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
16 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes 5f Abre la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu d'onde pue inxertar gráficos nel documentu.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-process 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-delay 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-preparation 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
2b .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-terminator 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-predefined-process 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-operation 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
2a .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-connector 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-off-page-connector 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-punched-tape 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-document 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-card 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
23 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-or 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-collate 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-extract 82 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes de Diagrama de Fluxu, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
1d .uno%3AFontworkGalleryFloater 81 Opens the Fontwork dialog from which you can insert styled text not possible through standard font formatting into your document.
e .uno%3ADBLimit 56 Espande la declaración de seleición creada de la consulta SQL cola cláusula LIMIT X
17 .uno%3AFormatPaintbrush ac Primero escoyer dalgún testu o oxetu, depués dar clic nesti iconu. Depués p'aplicar el mesmu formatu, dar un clic o abasnar al traviés d'otru testu o clic n'otru oxetu.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2Fnondistinct 27 Nun usar valores distintos na consulta.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2Fdistinct 23 Usar valores distintos na consulta.
3d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2FQueryPropertiesDialog 23 Usar valores distintos na consulta.
1b .uno%3AStarShapes.doorplate 86 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes d'Estrelles y Banderinos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.signet 86 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes d'Estrelles y Banderinos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
23 .uno%3AStarShapes.horizontal-scroll 86 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes d'Estrelles y Banderinos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
16 .uno%3AStarShapes.bang 86 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes d'Estrelles y Banderinos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star4 86 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes d'Estrelles y Banderinos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star5 86 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes d'Estrelles y Banderinos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star8 86 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes d'Estrelles y Banderinos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
1f .uno%3AStarShapes.concave-star6 86 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes d'Estrelles y Banderinos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
11 .uno%3AStarShapes 5f Abre la barra de ferramientes d'Estrelles y banderes onde pue inxertar gráficos nel documentu.
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star6 86 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes d'Estrelles y Banderinos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
21 .uno%3AStarShapes.vertical-scroll 86 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes d'Estrelles y Banderinos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star12 86 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes d'Estrelles y Banderinos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star24 86 Prima clic nun iconude la barra de ferramientes d'Estrelles y Banderinos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar la figura.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.diamond-bevel 7e Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Formes y Símbolos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar una figura.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.brace-pair 7e Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Formes y Símbolos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar una figura.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-bracket 7e Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Formes y Símbolos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar una figura.
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.bracket-pair 7e Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Formes y Símbolos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar una figura.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.quad-bevel 7e Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Formes y Símbolos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar una figura.
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-brace 7e Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Formes y Símbolos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar una figura.
13 .uno%3ASymbolShapes 5d Abre la barra de ferramientes Formes de símbolos, que dexa inxertar gráficos nel documentu.
17 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.sun 7e Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Formes y Símbolos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar una figura.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.flower 7e Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Formes y Símbolos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar una figura.
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.octagon-bevel 7e Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Formes y Símbolos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar una figura.
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.forbidden 7e Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Formes y Símbolos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar una figura.
18 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.moon 7e Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Formes y Símbolos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar una figura.
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-bracket 7e Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Formes y Símbolos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar una figura.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.smiley 7e Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Formes y Símbolos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar una figura.
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.cloud 7e Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Formes y Símbolos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar una figura.
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.lightning 7e Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Formes y Símbolos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar una figura.
1f .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-brace 7e Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Formes y Símbolos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar una figura.
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.heart 7e Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Formes y Símbolos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar una figura.
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.puzzle 7e Prima un iconude la barra de ferramientes de Formes y Símbolos, depués allugue'l cursor nel documentu pa dibuxar una figura.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontrol%2Factive 66 Nel cuadru de llista asitiáu na parte cimera puen escoyese otros módulos de l'Ayuda de %PRODUCTNAME.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fsearch 32 Busca la siguiente apaición del términu buscáu.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fbackwards 40 Busca escontra tras partiendo de la posición actual del cursor.
1e sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fwrap 4a Busca en tola páxina d'ayuda, empezando pol llugar onde s'atopa'l cursor.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontrol%2Ftabcontrol 69 El panel de navegación de la ventana d'Ayuda contién les fiches Conteníu, Índiz, Guetar y Marcadores.
11 .uno%3AHelpOnHelp 30 Ufierta información xeneral del sistema d'ayuda
10 HID_HELP_TOOLBOX 58 La barra de ferramientes dispon de funciones importantes pa controlar el sistema d'Ayuda
1a HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_INDEX 27 Amuesa y anubre el panel de navegación
1d HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BACKWARD 1c Vuelve a la páxina anterior
1c HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_FORWARD 1d Avanza a la páxina siguiente
1a HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_START 34 Vuelve a la primer páxina de la tema d'Ayuda actual
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fmatchcase 30 Estrema ente testu en mayúscules y minúscules.
1a HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_PRINT 19 Imprimi la páxina actual
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fwholewords 24 Busca namái les pallabra completes.
21 HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_SEARCHDIALOG 25 Abre'l diálogu Guetar nesta páxina.
1e HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BOOKMARKS 25 Amiesta esta páxina a los marcadores
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fsearchterm 4b Escriba'l testu que deseya guetar o escueya una entrada de testu na llista.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpindexpage%2Fdisplay 20 Calque p'abrir la tema escoyida.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpindexpage%2FHelpIndexPage 5b Faiga una doble pulsación nuna entrada o escriba la pallabra que deseye atopar nel índiz.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fdisplay 45 Calque equí p'amosar la entrada escoyida na llista de coincidencies.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fheadings 71 Active esti caxellu de verificación pa guetar el términu correspondiente namái nos títulos de los documentos.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fcompletewords 7c Especifica si tien d'efeutuase una busca esacta del términu especificáu. Nun se van tener en cuenta pallabres incompletes.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Ffind 41 Calque pa empecipiar una busca del términu escritu en tol testu.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fresults dd Apaecen los títulos de les páxines atopaes como resultaos de la busca de testu completu, ordenaos por relevancia y cola meyor coincidencia de primeres de la busca. P'amosar una entrada, calque dos vegaes sobre la mesma.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fsearch 5f Introduza'l términu de busca. La busca realizar ensin estremar ente mayúscules y minúscules.
19 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_DELETE 1d desanicia'l marcador escoyíu
17 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_OPEN 21 presenta la tema d'ayuda escoyíu
19 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_RENAME 35 abre un diálogu pa introducir otru nome pal marcador
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpbookmarkpage%2FHelpBookmarkPage 9e Si calca dos vegaes nun marcador o calca la tecla Entrar ábrese la páxina asignada de l'Ayuda. Si fai clic cola tecla derecha'l mur abre'l menú contestual.
2a sfx%2Fui%2Fbookmarkdialog%2FBookmarkDialog 59 Amuesa'l nome de la páxina marcada. Tamién pue especificase un nome nuevu pal marcador.
2c sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontentpage%2FHelpContentPage 73 Amuesa les temes principales de l'Ayuda, entamaos de forma asemeyada a les carpetes d'un alministrador de ficheros.
17 .uno%3AExtrusion3DColor 32 Abre la barra de ferramientes Color de extrusión.
1e .uno%3AExtrusionSurfaceFloater 29 Abre la ventana Superficie de extrusión.
38 svx%2Fui%2Fextrustiondepthdialog%2FExtrustionDepthDialog 26 Especifique una fondura de extrusión.
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltDown 33 Inclina l'oxetu escoyíu cinco grado escontra baxo.
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltLeft 3b Inclina l'oxetu escoyíu cinco grado escontra la esquierda.
19 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltRight 39 Inclina l'oxetu escoyíu cinco grado escontra la derecha.
16 .uno%3AExtrusionToggle 3a Activa y desactiva los efeutos 3D pa los oxetos escoyíos.
16 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltUp 33 Inclina l'oxetu escoyíu cinco grado escontra riba.
1f .uno%3AExtrusionLightingFloater 24 Abre la ventana Llume de extrusión.
20 .uno%3AExtrusionDirectionFloater 29 Abre la ventana Direición de extrusión.
1c .uno%3AExtrusionDepthFloater 26 Abre la ventana Fondura de extrusión.
1a SVX_HID_POPUP_LINEEND_CTRL 17 Escueya una direición.
14 .uno%3AAutoPilotMenu 82 Actúa como asistente pa la creación de cartes personales y comerciales, faxes, memorándums, axendes, presentaciones, etcétera.
14 HID_LTRWIZARD_CREATE 7f En función de les opciones escoyíes, l'Asistente automáticu va crear una plantía de documentu nueva y va guardar nel discu.
12 HID_LTRWIZARD_NEXT 3e Guarda la configuración actual y pasa a la páxina siguiente.
12 HID_LTRWIZARD_BACK 33 Ver les seleiciones efeutuaes nos pasos anteriores.
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotLetter 3b Empecipia l'Asistente automáticu pa una plantía de carta.
20 HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVOFFICIALLETTER 39 Especifica que se deseya crear una carta personal formal.
1b HID_LTRWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE 2c Escueya l'estilu de la plantía de la carta.
1b HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVATELETTER 32 Especifica que se deseya crear una carta personal.
1c HID_LTRWIZ_OPTBUSINESSLETTER 3f Especifica que se deseya crear una plantía de carta comercial.
1b HID_LTRWIZ_CHKBUSINESSPAPER a9 Especifica si utiliza papel que yá contién un logotipu, una direición o una llinia de pies de páxina impresos. L'asistente amuesa de siguío la páxina con membrete.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE1 3c Especifica si deseya crear una carta personal o profesional.
1d HID_LTRWIZ_CHKCOMPANYRECEIVER a6 Especifica que la mesma direición s'imprima con un tamañu pequeñu enriba de la direición del remitente. %PRODUCTNAME nun imprime direiciones con tamañu pequeñu.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_NUMFOOTERHEIGHT 7a Introduza l'altu del área del pie de páxina yá impresa nel papel con membrete. %PRODUCTNAME nun imprime en dicha área.
21 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYADDRESS 6c Especifica qu'una direición yá s'hai impresu nel papel con membrete. %PRODUCTNAME nun imprime direiciones.
13 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOY 46 Establez la distancia ente'l logotipu y el marxe cimeru de la páxina.
13 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOX 53 Establez la distancia ente'l logotipu y el marxe esquierdu o derechu de la páxina.
19 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERFOOTER 7e Especifica qu'una área de pies de páxina yá s'hai impresu nel papel con membrete. %PRODUCTNAME nun imprime pies de páxina.
17 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOWIDTH 1c Define l'anchu del logotipu.
18 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOHEIGHT 1c Define l'altor del logotipu.
1e HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYLOGO 39 Especifica que la carta o'l fax nun incluyan un logotipu.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE2 34 Nesta área pue escoyese un logotipu pa la plantía.
17 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEFOOTER 32 Inclúi un pie de páxina na plantía de la carta.
19 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEGREETING 5d Inclúi una frase de despidida na plantía de la carta. Escueya'l testu del cuadru de llista.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEBENDMARKS 33 Inclúi marques de plegues na plantía de la carta.
1b HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESALUTATION 51 Inclúi un saludu na plantía de la carta. Escueya'l saludu del cuadru de llista.
18 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESUBJECT 2a Inclúi un asuntu na plantía de la carta.
20 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEADDRESSRECEIVER 33 Inclúi un pequeñu remite na plantía de la carta.
16 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESIGNS 51 Inclúi una llinia con referencies a una carta comercial na plantía de la carta.
15 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSELOGO 2c Inclúi un logotipu na plantía de la carta.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE3 2e Define'l testu de remitente y la so posición.
1e HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE 48 Los campos de base de datos de direición inxertar na plantía pa carta.
21 HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER 53 Especifica que los campos de marcadores de posición inxertar na plantía pa carta.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERSTREET 31 Especifica la direición de la cai del remitente.
18 HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERNAME 20 Especifica'l nome del remitente.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERDEFINE 43 Utilice los datos de direición de los siguientes cuadros de testu.
1c HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERPOSTCODE 34 Especifica la direición de la cai del destinatario.
1f HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER 64 Utiliza los datos de la direición de %PRODUCTNAME - Datos d'Usuariu na caxa de diálogu d'Opciones.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE4 43 Define los datos del destinatario y el saludu que se debe utilizar.
1f HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS 4d Si deseya incluyir na so plantía númberos de páxines, marque esti caxellu.
25 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES 38 Escueya pa suprimir el pie de páxina na primer páxina.
14 HID_LTRWIZ_TXTFOOTER 32 Escriba'l testu pa les llinies de pies de páxina.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE5 37 Especifica qué elementos deseya que contenga la carta.
19 HID_LTRWIZ_OPTMAKECHANGES 2e Guarda la plantía y dexar abierta pa editala.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_OPTCREATELETTER 59 Guarda y zarra la plantía, y depués abre un documentu nuevu ensin títulu basáu nella.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_TXTTEMPLATENAME 31 Especifica'l títulu de la plantía de documentu.
12 HID_LTRWIZ_TXTPATH 7b Introduza la ruta y el nome de ficheru de la plantía, o faiga clic nel botón ... pa escoyer la ruta y el nome de ficheru.
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE6 52 Pue definir l'aspeutu del pie de páxina y los marxes horizontales d'esta páxina.
1c WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CREATE ba En función de lo que s'escueya, l'Asistente crea una plantía de documentu y guardar. Nel área de trabayu apaez un documentu nuevu basáu na plantía col nome de ficheru "Ensin nomeX".
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_NEXT 8d L'Asistente guarda la configuración actual y pasa a la páxina siguiente. El botón Siguiente queda inactivu al llegar a la última páxina.
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_BACK e2 Faiga clic nel botón Tras pa ver les opciones qu'escoyó na páxina anterior. Anque faiga clic nesti botón, los valores actuales nun se van modificar nin van desaniciar. El botón Tras activar a partir de la segunda páxina.
13 .uno%3AAutoPilotFax 18 Abre l'Asistente pa fax.
1b WIZARDS_HID_LSTPRIVATESTYLE 20 Especifica l'estilu predefiníu.
20 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTPRIVATEFAX 25 Crea una plantía pa un fax personal.
23 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE 20 Especifica l'estilu predefiníu.
21 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTBUSINESSFAX 28 Crea una plantía pa un fax profesional.
d HID_FAX_PAGE1 3e Define l'estilu, el títulu y el formatu del documentu de fax.
1b WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTREET 1a Inclúi un pie de páxina.
1c WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESALUTATION 1a Inclúi un campu de fecha.
19 WIZARDS_HID_LSTSALUTATION 54 Inclúi una llinia de tipu de comunicación. Escueya la llinia del cuadru de llista.
1a WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEGREETING 54 Inclúi una llinia de tipu de comunicación. Escueya la llinia del cuadru de llista.
1b WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERDEFINE 39 Inclúi un saludu. Escueya'l saludu nel cuadru de llista.
19 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESUBJECT 1e Inclúi un logotipu d'empresa.
17 WIZARDS_HID_LSTGREETING 1b Inclúi una llinia de tema.
d HID_FAX_PAGE2 23 Escueya un logotipu pa la plantía.
20 WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER 39 Inclúi un saludu. Escueya'l saludu del cuadru de llista.
18 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEFOOTER 39 Inclúi un saludu. Escueya'l saludu del cuadru de llista.
19 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERNAME 39 Inclúi un saludu. Escueya'l saludu nel cuadru de llista.
d HID_FAX_PAGE3 30 Especifica la información de remitente pal fax.
1c WIZARDS_HID_FILETEMPLATEPATH 6a Inxerta los campos de base de datos pa una combinación de correspondencia posterior col documentu de fax.
1a WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTATE ad Inxerta marcadores de posición pa la direición na plantía pa fax. Más palantre nel documentu de fax, faiga clic nel marcador de posición pa introducir los datos reales.
19 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERCITY 89 Escueya pa introducir los datos de direición nos siguientes cuadros de testu. Los datos inxertar como testu normal nel documentu de fax.
18 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERFAX 33 Introduza los datos de la direición del remitente.
22 WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER 33 Introduza los datos de la direición del remitente.
1b WIZARDS_HID_TXTTEMPLATENAME ad Inxerta marcadores de posición pa la direición na plantía pa fax. Más palantre nel documentu de fax, faiga clic nel marcador de posición pa introducir los datos reales.
1f WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE 33 Introduza los datos de la direición del remitente.
15 WIZARDS_HID_TXTFOOTER 33 Introduza los datos de la direición del remitente.
1e WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES 33 Introduza los datos de la direición del remitente.
20 WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS 33 Introduza los datos de la direición del remitente.
d HID_FAX_PAGE4 2c Especifica la información del destinatario.
d HID_FAX_PAGE5 4d Define los elementos que se deben incluyir nel fax; como la fecha y l'asuntu.
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotAgenda 49 Empecipia'l Asistente automáticu p'ayudar a crear una plantía d'axenda.
1f WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_CHK_MINUTES 46 Imprime una páxina na que pue escribir los minutos mientres la xunta.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_LIST_PAGEDESIGN 35 Escueya'l diseñu de la páxina nel cuadru de llista.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE1 35 Especifica un estilu pa l'axenda y asigna un títulu.
2f SW%3AEDIT%3ADLG_WIZARD_AG%3ADLG_AG2_EDIT_METORT 20 Especifica'l llugar de la xunta.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TITLE 21 Especifica'l títulu de la xunta.
34 SW%3ATIMEFIELD%3ADLG_WIZARD_AG%3ADLG_AG2_TFLD_METTIM 1f Especifica la hora de la xunta.
34 SW%3ADATEFIELD%3ADLG_WIZARD_AG%3ADLG_AG2_DFLD_METDAT 20 Especifica la fecha de la xunta.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE2 2f Especifica la fecha, hora y llugar de la xunta.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_NOTES 2d Especifica si imprentaráse una llinia Notes.
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_BRING 3f Especifica si imprentaráse la llinia Documentación necesaria.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_READ 47 Especifica si imprentaráse una llinia Lleer los siguientes documentos.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_MEETING_TYPE 37 Especifica si imprentaráse la llinia de tipu de xunta.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE3 4a Na tercer pantalla tien d'especificar los nomes tien de contener l'axenda.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_OBSERVERS 4b Especifica si imprentaráse una llinia na que pue indicar los observadores.
27 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_RESOURCEPERSONS 57 Especifica si imprentaráse una llinia na que pue indicar los personal de la facilidá.
22 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_TIMEKEEPER 49 Especifica si imprentaráse una llinia na que pue indicar el moderadores.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_ATTENDEES 49 Especifica si imprentaráse una llinia na que pue indicar los asistentes.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_NOTETAKER 4f Especifica si imprentaráse una llinia na que pue indicar el secretariu d'actu.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_FACILITATOR 3e Especifica si va imprentar una llinia pa entrar el presidente.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_CALLED_BY 5b Especifica si imprentaráse una llinia na que pue indicar la persona que convocó la xunta.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE4 3c Nesta páxina puen especificase les temes del orde del día.
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_DOWN 2d Mueve escontra baxo la filera de tema actual.
1a WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_UP 2d Mueve escontra riba la filera de tema actual.
1e WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_REMOVE 1f Quita la filera de tema actual.
1e WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_INSERT 43 Inxerta una nueva filera de tema balera enriba de la filera actual.
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_MINUTES_1 72 Escriba les temes de l'axenda. Utilice los botones Mover escontra riba y Mover escontra baxo pa ordenar les temes.
25 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_RESPONSIBLE_1 72 Escriba les temes de l'axenda. Utilice los botones Mover escontra riba y Mover escontra baxo pa ordenar les temes.
1f WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_TOPIC_1 72 Escriba les temes de l'axenda. Utilice los botones Mover escontra riba y Mover escontra baxo pa ordenar les temes.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE5 3d Determina'l nome y la carpeta del documentu y de la plantía.
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_MAKECHANGES 4c Crea y guarda la plantía p'axenda; de siguío, abre la plantía pa editala.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_BTN_TEMPLATEPATH 51 Especifica la ruta completa, incluyíu'l nome de ficheru de la plantía p'axenda.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATEPATH 51 Especifica la ruta completa, incluyíu'l nome de ficheru de la plantía p'axenda.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATENAME 2a Especifica'l nome de la plantía p'axenda.
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_CREATEAGENDA 6a Crea y guarda la plantía p'axenda; de siguío, abre un nuevu documentu d'axenda basáu en dicha plantía.
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE6 42 Nesti últimu pasu indícase si deseya un formulariu de protocolu.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDFINISH 3f Faiga clic pa crear el formulariu ensin pasar a otres páxines.
12 HID_DLGFORM_DIALOG 28 Activa l'asistente pa crear formularios.
1a HID_DLGFORM_FIELDSSELECTED 3d Amuesa tolos campos que se van incluyir nel nuevu formulariu.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEDOWN 4a Faiga clic pa mover el campu escoyíu una entrada escontra baxo na llista.
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEDOWN 4a Faiga clic pa mover el campu escoyíu una entrada escontra baxo na llista.
2c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEDOWN_PK_SELECTED 4a Faiga clic pa mover el campu escoyíu una entrada escontra baxo na llista.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEDOWN 4a Faiga clic pa mover el campu escoyíu una entrada escontra baxo na llista.
19 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_DOWN 4a Faiga clic pa mover el campu escoyíu una entrada escontra baxo na llista.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEDOWN 4a Faiga clic pa mover el campu escoyíu una entrada escontra baxo na llista.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEDOWN 4a Faiga clic pa mover el campu escoyíu una entrada escontra baxo na llista.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEUP 4a Faiga clic pa mover el campu escoyíu una entrada escontra riba na llista.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEUP 4a Faiga clic pa mover el campu escoyíu una entrada escontra riba na llista.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEUP_PK_SELECTED 4a Faiga clic pa mover el campu escoyíu una entrada escontra riba na llista.
1b HID_DLGFORM_FIELDSAVAILABLE 4e Llista los nomes de los campos de base de datos na tabla o consulta escoyíes.
1b HID_DLGFORM_CMDMOVESELECTED 51 Da clic pa mover nos siguientes campu(s) a la caxa qu'esta flecha esta apuntando.
16 HID_DLGFORM_CMDMOVEALL 49 Da clic pa mover tolos campos a la caxa onde les fleches esten apuntando.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEUP 4a Faiga clic pa mover el campu escoyíu una entrada escontra riba na llista.
18 HID_DLGFORM_CMDREMOVEALL 4a Fai clic pa mover tolos campos a la caxa onde les fleches esten apuntando.
14 HID_DLGFORM_LBTABLES 45 Especifica la tabla o consulta pa la que se va a crear el formulariu.
17 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_UP 4a Faiga clic pa mover el campu escoyíu una entrada escontra riba na llista.
1d HID_DLGFORM_CMDREMOVESELECTED 4e Da clic pa mover los campos escoyíu a la caxa onde la flecha esti apuntando..
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEUP 4a Faiga clic pa mover el campu escoyíu una entrada escontra riba na llista.
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEUP 4a Faiga clic pa mover el campu escoyíu una entrada escontra riba na llista.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTSELECTMANUALLY 4e Faiga clic p'amestar un subformulario basáu nuna seleición manual de campos.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTONEXISTINGRELATION 47 Faiga clic p'amestar un subformulario basáu nuna rellación esistente.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_lstRELATIONS 35 Escueya la rellación na que se basa'l subformulario.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKCREATESUBFORM 23 Escueya p'amestar un subformulario.
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_FIELDSSELECTED 40 Amuesa tolos campos que se van incluyir nel nuevu subformulario.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_LBTABLES 4b Especifica la tabla o la consulta pa la que se va a crear el subformulario.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK4 7b Escueya'l campu de formulariu principal que se xune al campu de subformulario, que s'escueye nel cuadru de llista axacente.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK3 7b Escueya'l campu de formulariu principal que se xune al campu de subformulario, que s'escueye nel cuadru de llista axacente.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK2 7b Escueya'l campu de formulariu principal que se xune al campu de subformulario, que s'escueye nel cuadru de llista axacente.
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK1 7b Escueya'l campu de formulariu principal que se xune al campu de subformulario, que s'escueye nel cuadru de llista axacente.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK4 7c Escueya'l campu de subformulario que se xune al campu del formulariu principal, que s'escueye nel cuadru de llista axacente.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK3 7c Escueya'l campu de subformulario que se xune al campu del formulariu principal, que s'escueye nel cuadru de llista axacente.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK2 7c Escueya'l campu de subformulario que se xune al campu del formulariu principal, que s'escueye nel cuadru de llista axacente.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK1 7c Escueya'l campu de subformulario que se xune al campu del formulariu principal, que s'escueye nel cuadru de llista axacente.
19 HID_DLGFORM_CMDTABLESTYLE 38 Allinia los campos de la base de datos de forma tabular.
19 HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPLABELED 61 Allinia los campos de la base de datos en forma de columnes coles etiquetes enriba de los campos.
1a HID_DLGFORM_CMDLEFTLABELED 6a Allinia los campos de la base de datos en forma de columnes, coles etiquetes a la izquierda de los campos.
19 HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNRIGHT 2f Los campos preséntense alliniaos a la derecha.
1b HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPJUSTIFIED 3a Asitia les etiquetes enriba de los datos correspondientes.
18 HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNLEFT 31 Los campos preséntense alliniaos a la izquierda.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOADDITION 31 Escueya pa desactivar l'adición de datos nuevos.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNODELETION 2a Escueya pa desactivar el borráu de datos.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOMODIFICATION 2b Escueya pa desactivar la edición de datos.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTDISPLAYALLDATA 5e Crea un formulariu que pue utilizase p'amosar los datos esistentes ya introducir datos nuevos.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTNEWDATAONLY 49 Crea un formulariu que namái se pue utilizar pa introducir datos nuevos.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDSIMPLEBORDER 31 Especifica que los bordes del campu seyan planos.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMD3DBORDER 30 Especifica que los bordes del campu seyan en 3D.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNOBORDER 2c Especifica que los campos nun tengan bordes.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LSTSTYLES 2e Especifica l'estilu de páxina pal formulariu.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTMODIFYFORM 44 Guarda'l formulariu y abrir en mou d'edición pa camudar el diseñu.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTWORKWITHFORM 5a Guarda'l formulariu y abrir como documentu de formulariu pa introducir y visualizar datos.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_TXTPATH 21 Especifica'l nome del formulariu.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_DIALOG 23 Escoyer les propiedaes del informe.
1b .uno%3ADBNewReportAutoPilot 2a Activates the wizard for creating reports.
21 HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVESELECTED 45 Fai clic pa mover los campos a la caxa onde la flecha esta apuntando.
1c HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVEALL 45 Fai clic pa mover los campos a la caxa onde la flecha esta apuntando.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVEALL 46 Da clic pa mover tolos campos a la caxa onde la flecha esta apuntando.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVESELECTED 51 Da clic pa mover los campos escoyíos a la caxa onde les fleches estan apuntando.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSAVAILABLE 55 Amuesa los nomes de los campos de la base de datos na tabla o consulta que s'escoyó.
1e HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSSELECTED 3a Amuesa tolos campos que se van incluyir nel nuevu informe.
18 HID_DLGREPORT_1_LBTABLES 41 Escueya la tabla o la consulta pa la que se va a crear l'informe.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_6 99 Amuesa los nomes de los campos que se deben incluyir nel informe. A la derecha, pue inxertase una etiqueta pa cada campu que se va imprentar nel informe.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDUNGROUP 4f Fai clic pa mover los campos escoyíos a la caxa onde la flecha esta apuntando.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_2_PREGROUPINGDEST c1 Numbera los campos polos que s'arrexunta l'informe. Pa quitar un nivel d'agrupación, escueya'l nome del campu y faiga clic nel botón <. Pue escoyer un máximu de cuatro niveles d'agrupación.
18 HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDGROUP 45 Fai clic pa mover los campos a la caxa onde la flecha esta apuntando.
18 HID_DLGREPORT_2_GROUPING d1 Numbera los campos escoyíos na páxina anterior del Asistente. P'arrexuntar los informes per un campu, escueya'l nome d'ésti y faiga clic nel botón >. Pue escoyer un máximu de cuatro niveles d'agrupación.
1b HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND4 42 Clasifica'l conteníu del campu n'orde alfanumbéricu descendente.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND4 41 Clasifica'l conteníu del campu n'orde alfanumbéricu ascendente.
15 HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT4 40 Escueya un campu adicional pol que se debe clasificar l'informe.
15 HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT1 3c Escueya'l primer campu pol que se debe clasificar l'informe.
18 HID_DLGREPORT_4_PORTRAIT 3a Escueye una páxina con orientación vertical pal informe.
19 HID_DLGREPORT_4_LANDSCAPE 3c Escueye una páxina con orientación horizontal pal informe.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_4_PAGELAYOUT a1 Define un diseñu de páxina pal informe. Los diseños de páxina cargar a partir de ficheros de plantíes, qu'asignen una testera, un pie y un fondu de páxina.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_4_DATALAYOUT 75 Define un conxuntu d'estilos pal informe. Los estilos asignen tipos de lletra, sangríes, fondos de tabla, etcétera.
1e HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTUSETEMPLATE 28 Si fai clic en Finar, l'informe guardar.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTEDITTEMPLATE 3d Si fai clic en Finar, l'informe guardar y ábrese pa editase.
1e HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTDYNTEMPLATE 5a Guarda l'informe como plantía. Si abre un informe dinámicu, amosar col conteníu actual.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTSTATDOCUMENT 90 Guarda l'informe como informe estáticu. Si abre un informe estáticu, siempres amuesa los datos a partir del momentu en que se creó l'informe.
15 HID_DLGREPORT_4_TITLE 49 Especifica'l títulu que s'imprime na llinia del títulu de cada páxina.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FnextPageButton 3e Guarda la configuración actual y pasa a la páxina siguiente.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FlastPageButton 37 Vuelve a les seleiciones efeutuaes na páxina anterior.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdesignsTreeview 16 Amuesa tolos diseños.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FoldDesignRadiobutton 7f Carga un diseñu de la llista de diseños que se va utilizar como configuración inicial nes páxines siguientes del Asistente.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdelDesingButton 36 Desanicia'l diseñu escoyíu de la llista de diseños.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FnewDesignRadiobutton 36 Crea un diseñu nes páxines siguientes del Asistente.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FURLEntry 69 Especifica la URL (absolutu o relativu) nel que se guardó la presentación HTML creada nel sirvidor web.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FindexEntry 61 Especifica la URL (absolutu o relativu) que l'usuariu tien d'especificar pa ver la presentación.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FperlRadiobutton 58 Emplegáu pola esportación WebCast pa crear páxina HTML y secuencies de comandos Perl.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FASPRadiobutton a8 Cuando s'escueye la opción ASP la esportación WebCast crea páxines ASP. Tenga en cuenta que la presentación n'HTML namái lu ufierten sirvidores web qu'almitan ASP.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FstandardRadiobutton 3b Crea páxina HTML estándar a partir de páxines esportaes.
42 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FchgDefaultRadiobutton 100 La transición de diapositives depende del intervalu que s'estableciera pa cada diapositiva de la presentación. Si configura una transición manual de les páxines, la presentación HTML amuesa una páxina nueva si púlsiase cualesquier tecla nel tecláu.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FframesRadiobutton 9b Crea páxina HTML estándar con marcos. La páxina esportada asitiar nel marcu principal y nel marcu de la esquierda amuésase un índiz con hiperenllaces.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FendlessCheckbutton 61 Reinicia automáticamente la presentación HTML dempués de que s'amosara la última diapositiva.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FcontentCheckbutton 1f Crea una portada pal documentu.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FCGIEntry 46 Especifica la URL (absolutu o relativu) de los comandos Perl xeneraos.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FnotesCheckbutton 2b Especifica que tamién s'amuesen les notes.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FkioskRadiobutton aa Crea una presentación HTML predeterminada en forma de presentación de quioscu, en que les diapositives avancen automáticamente tres un períodu de tiempu especificáu.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdurationSpinbutton 34 Define'l tiempu que se debe amosar cada diapositiva.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FwebCastRadiobutton 54 Nuna esportación tipu Webcast, scripts d'automatización con soporte pa Perl y ASP.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FchgAutoRadiobutton 96 La transición de páxines llevar a cabu automáticamente dempués del períodu de tiempu especificáu y nun depende del conteníu de la presentación
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FsldSoundCheckbutton 67 Especifica que s'esporten los ficheros de soníu definíos como efeutos de transición de les páxines.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fresolution3Radiobutton 42 Escueya un resolvimientu altu pa una presentación d'alta calidá.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fresolution2Radiobutton 46 Escueya'l resolvimientu mediu pa una presentación de tamañu medianu.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fresolution1Radiobutton 7c Escueya'l resolvimientu baxu pa caltener un tamañu de ficheru amenorgáu, inclusive en presentaciones con munches páxines.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FjpgRadiobutton 8c Los ficheros tán esportáu con ficheros JPEG. Ficheros JPEG tán estruyíu, con compresión axustables y pue contener más que 256 colores.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FgifRadiobutton 84 Los ficheros tán esportáu como ficheros GIF. Ficheros GIF tán estruyíu ensin perdida de datos, y tien un máximu de 256 colores.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FpngRadiobutton 86 Los ficheros tán esportáu como ficheros PNG. Ficheros PNG tán estruyíu ensin perdida de datos, y pue contener más de 256 colores.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FqualityCombobox cb Especifica'l factor de compresión d'una gráfica JPEG. Un valor de 100% ufierta la meyor calidá pa un rangu de datos ampliu. El factor de 25% indica ficheros pequeños con calidá inferior de imagenes.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fpage3 86 Los ficheros tán esportáu como ficheros PNG. Ficheros PNG tán estruyíu ensin perdida de datos, y pue contener más de 256 colores.
39 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FmiscTextview 3b Especifica'l testu adicional que tien d'apaecer na portada.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FwwwEntry 4b Especifica la páxina principal. Na publicación inxertará un hiperenllaz.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FemailEntry 26 Especifica la direición de corréu-y.
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FauthorEntry 2f Especifica'l nome del autor de la publicación.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FtextOnlyCheckbutton 3b Inxerta namái hiperenllaces de testu en llugar de botones.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FbackButton 4f Abre'l diálogu Color, onde pue escoyese el color de fondu de la presentación.
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FvLinkButton 5e Abre'l diálogu Color, onde pue escoyese el color del enllaz activu visitáu na presentación.
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FaLinkButton 55 Abre'l diálogu Color, onde pue escoyese el color del enllaz activu na presentación.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FlinkButton 58 Abre'l diálogu Color, onde pue escoyese el color de los hiperenllaces na presentación.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FtextButton 50 Abre'l diálogu Color, onde pue escoyese el color del testu de la presentación.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FuserRadiobutton 42 Dexa definir colores propios pa dellos oxetos de la presentación.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdefaultRadiobutton 3f Utiliza'l colores predeterminaos del navegador web del usuariu.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdocColorsRadiobutton 42 Determina'l colores de los estilos utilizaos nel documentu actual.
15 HID_LISTWIZARD_FINISH e Crea un oxetu.
40 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Fradiobuttons 48 Amuesa tolos campos d'opción que tienen d'incluyise nel marcu de grupu.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Ftoright 4a Confirms the current label and copies the label to the Option fields list.
3a modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Ftoleft 36 Desanicia de la llista los campos d'opción escoyíos.
3f modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Fradiolabels 77 Especifica les respectives etiquetes de los campos d'opción. La etiqueta del campu d'opción va amosar nel formulariu.
48 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefaultselectionno 52 Especifica que nun deseya escoyer nengún campu d'opción de forma predeterminada.
47 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefselectionfield 5d Escueya'l campu d'opción que tien d'escoyese de forma predeterminada al abrir el formulariu.
49 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefaultselectionyes 6e Especifica que deseya que s'escueya un campu d'opción de forma predeterminada dempués d'abrir el formulariu.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionvaluespage%2Fradiobuttons 48 Escueya'l campu d'opción al que se-y deba asignar el valor referencial.
38 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionvaluespage%2Foptionvalue 55 Escueya un númberu o un testu como valor de referencia pal campu d'opción escoyíu.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FnoRadiobutton 5f Specifies that you want to save the reference values in the form only, and not in the database.
42 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FstoreInFieldCombobox 45 Select the data field in which the reference values have to be saved.
3c modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptiondbfieldpage%2FyesRadiobutton 43 Specifies that you want to save the reference values in a database.
33 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsfinalpage%2Fnameit 63 Especifica la etiqueta pal marcu de grupu. La etiqueta del marcu de grupu va amosar nel formulariu.
27 macro%3A%2F%2F%2FImportWizard.Main.Main 52 Copia y convierte documentos al formatu OpenDocument XML qu'utiliza $[officename].
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_DIALOG 52 Copia y convierte documentos al formatu OpenDocument XML qu'utiliza $[officename].
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDHELP 52 Copia y convierte documentos al formatu OpenDocument XML qu'utiliza $[officename].
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKLOGFILE 69 Crea un ficheru de rexistru nel directoriu de trabayu nel que figuren los documentos que se convirtieron.
1d HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKPOWERPOINT 63 Convierte documentos col formatu *.ppt de Microsoft PowerPoint en documentos *.odp de OpenDocument.
18 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKEXCEL 5e Convierte documentos col formatu *.xls de Microsoft Excel en documentos *.ods de OpenDocument.
17 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKWORD 5d Convierte documentos col formatu *.doc de Microsoft Word en documentos *.odt de OpenDocument.
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENT 32 Indicar que los documentos tán de ser convertíu.
25 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDDOCUMENTPATHSELECT 2d Abre un diálogu pa escoyer la ruta deseyada.
1e HID_DLGIMPORT_2_EDDOCUMENTPATH 45 Especifica'l directoriu onde s'escriban los ficheros de destinación.
1e HID_DLGIMPORT_2_LBDOCUMENTPATH 36 Especifica'l directoriu que contién el códigu fonte.
21 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENTRECURSE 6a Indica que los sub-directorios del directoriu escoyíu tamién van ser revisáu p'ficheros que concuerden.
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBTEMPLATE 34 Especifica que les plantíes tán de ser convertíu.
17 HID_DLGCONVERT_LISTBOX1 36 Amuesa los rangos que se deben convertir de la llista.
1c HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON3 3c Conviértense toles caxelles de moneda del documentu activu.
1c HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON2 46 Conviértense toles caxelles de moneda de la fueya de cálculu activa.
1c HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON1 31 Conviértense toles caxelles col estilu escoyíu.
15 HID_DLGCONVERT_CBBACK a7 Si'l documentu actual ye una plantía o un documentu de $[officename] Calc, pue abrir el Convertidor d'euros por aciu l'iconu correspondiente de barra de Ferramientes.
15 HID_DLGCONVERT_CBHELP 1c Activa l'ayuda del díalogo.
17 HID_DLGCONVERT_CBCANCEL 1c Zarra'l Convertidor d'euros.
1b HID_DLGCONVERT_CBTARGETOPEN 58 Abre un diálogu nel que pue escoyese un directoriu p'agospiar los ficheros convertíos.
15 HID_DLGCONVERT_CBGOON 19 Empecipia la conversión.
19 HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKPROTECT c6 Especifica que la protección de la fueya va desactivar mientres la conversión y va reactivase dempués. Si la protección de la fueya inclúi una contraseña, va abrise un diálogu pa introducila.
15 HID_DLGCONVERT_OBFILE 2f Convertir a un documentu de $[officename] Calc.
14 HID_DLGCONVERT_OBDIR 6c Convierte tolos documentos y plantíes de $[officename] Calc y $[officename] Writer del directoriu escoyíu.
1c HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON4 5c van convertise toles caxelles de moneda del área escoyida enantes de llamar al convertidor.
18 HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKBOX1 1f Convierte'l documentu completu.
18 HID_DLGCONVERT_COMBOBOX1 34 Especifica la moneda que tien de convertise n'euros.
17 HID_DLGCONVERT_TBTARGET 46 Especifica la carpeta y la ruta onde guardar los ficheros convertíos.
17 HID_DLGCONVERT_TBSOURCE 4c Indica'l directoriu o'l nome del documentu individual que se debe convertir.
1d HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKRECURSIVE 44 Especifica si inclúyense toles subcarpetas del directoriu escoyíu.
14 .uno%3AEuroConverter 92 Convierte les cantidaes monetaries de los documentos de $[officename] Calc y de los campos y tables de documentos de $[officename] Writer n'euros.
1b HID_DLGCONVERT_CBSOURCEOPEN 3f Abre un diálogu pa escoyer el directoriu o documentu deseyáu.
1f HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKTEXTDOCUMENTS 6e Convierte les cantidaes monetaries que s'atopen nos campos y tables de los documentos de $[officename] Writer.
13 HID_ABSPILOT_FINISH 3c Establez la conexón col orixe de datos y zarra el diálogu.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fgroupwise 4d Escueya esta opción si en Groupwise yá utiliza una llibreta de direiciones.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2FSelectTypePage 59 Esti Asistente rexistra una llibreta de direiciones como orixe de datos en $[officename].
15 HID_ABSPILOT_PREVIOUS 6 Tornar
30 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fother 64 Escueya esta opción pa rexistrar otru orixe de datos como llibreta de direiciones en $[officename].
2e modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fkde 47 Escueya esta opción si en KDE yá utiliza una llibreta de direiciones.
17 EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT 59 Esti Asistente rexistra una llibreta de direiciones como orixe de datos en $[officename].
13 HID_ABSPILOT_CANCEL 28 Zarra l'Asistente ensin aplicar cambeos.
36 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fthunderbird 50 Select this option if you already use an address book in Thunderbird or Icedove.
11 HID_ABSPILOT_NEXT 9 Siguiente
c slot%3A10934 59 Esti Asistente rexistra una llibreta de direiciones como orixe de datos en $[officename].
21 .uno%3AAutoPilotAddressDataSource 59 Esti Asistente rexistra una llibreta de direiciones como orixe de datos en $[officename].
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Ffirefox 4e Select this option if you already use an address book in Firefox or Iceweasel.
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fmacosx 49 Escueya esta opción si en VOS X yá utiliza una llibreta de direiciones.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fevolution 4d Escueya esta opción si en Evolution yá utiliza una llibreta de direiciones.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fevoldap 52 Escueya esta opción si en Evolution LDAP yá utiliza una llibreta de direiciones.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Finvokeadminpage%2Fsettings 4c Abre un diálogu que dexa indicar parámetros de configuración adicionales.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Finvokeadminpage%2FInvokeAdminPage 7b Dexa introducir parámetros de configuración adicionales pa datos de direiciones LDAP y otros oríxenes de datos esternos.
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttablepage%2Ftable 61 Especifica la tabla que va actuar como llibreta de direiciones pa les plantíes de $[officename].
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttablepage%2FSelectTablePage 76 Specifies a table from the Seamonkey / Netscape address book source that is used as the address book in $[officename].
2f modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Fname 27 Especifica'l nome de la fonte de datos.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Favailable 114 Rexistra el ficheru de base de datos que s'acaba de crear en %PRODUCTNAME. La base de datos va incluyir na llista de la ventana d'orixe de datos (F4). Si desmárcase esta caxellu de verificación, la base de datos namái va tar disponible abriendo el ficheru de base de datos.
1f DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BROWSECONN 3c Especifica l'allugamientu utilizando un diálogu de ficheru.
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Fbrowse 3c Especifica l'allugamientu utilizando un diálogu de ficheru.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2FDataSourcePage 95 Especifica l'allugamientu del ficheru de llibreta de direiciones y el nome col que se va amosar l'orixe de datos nel esplorador d'oríxenes de datos.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldassignpage%2Fassign 42 Abre'l diálogu Plantíes: Asignación de llibreta de direiciones.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldassignpage%2FFieldAssignPage 3f Opens a dialog that allows you to specify the field assignment.
5 34200 4e L'Asistente pa páxina web dexa caltener un sitiu web nun sirvidor d'Internet.
5 34209 25 Desanicia la configuración escoyida.
5 34207 9b Escueya la configuración que deseye cargar y faiga clic en Cargar. Pa empecipiar l'asistente cola configuración predeterminada, escueya "predetermináu".
5 34217 30 Escriba'l nome del autor del documentu escoyíu.
5 34216 30 Escriba una descripción pal documentu escoyíu.
5 34215 85 Escriba un títulu pal documentu escoyíu. El títulu apaez como hiperenllaz al documentu escoyíu na páxina d'índiz del sitio web.
5 34218 48 Escueya'l formatu de ficheru al que deseye esportar el ficheru escoyíu.
5 34212 27 Quita el ficheru escoyíu de la llista.
5 34211 c8 Abre un diálogu onde pue escoyer los ficheros que deseya incluyir nel sitiu web. L'orde de la llista determina l'orde en que los enllaces al documentu son amosaos na páxina del índiz nel sitiu web.
5 34210 ea Llista los componentes que deseya publicar nel sitiu web. L'asistente pue convertir documentos de %PRODUCTNAME n'HTML, PDF o, en delles ocasiones, formatu Flax enantes de cargalos. Tolos demás ficheros cargar nel so formatu orixinal.
5 34220 29 Escueya'l diseñu pa la páxina d'índiz.
5 34245 4c Optimiza la páxina web pa un resolvimientu de pantalla de 800x600 píxeles.
5 34235 43 Inclúi los nomes de ficheru de los documentos na páxina d'índiz.
5 34236 48 Inclúi la información de resume de los documentos na páxina d'índiz.
5 34237 51 Inclúi los nomes de les persones que crearon los documentos na páxina d'índiz.
5 34238 46 Inclúi les feches de creación de los documentos na páxina d'índiz.
5 34239 56 Inclúi la fecha de la última vegada que se modificar un ficheru na páxina d'índiz.
5 34240 35 Amuesa'l formatu de los ficheros na páxina d'índiz.
5 34241 3a Amuesa l'iconu del formatu de ficheru na páxina d'índiz.
5 34242 3c Amuesa'l númberu de páxines nel sitiu na páxina d'índiz.
5 34243 3d Amuesa'l tamañu de ficheru en kilobytes na páxina d'índiz.
5 34246 4d Optimiza la páxina web pa un resolvimientu de pantalla de 1024x768 píxeles.
5 34244 4c Optimiza la páxina web pa un resolvimientu de pantalla de 640x480 píxeles.
5 34249 5d Escueya los iconos que deseye utilizar pa los elementu de navegación de la páxina d'índiz.
5 34248 32 Escueya una imaxe de fondu pa la páxina d'índiz.
5 34247 32 Escueya l'esquema de color pa la páxina d'índiz.
5 34292 33 Desanicia la imaxe de fondu de la páxina d'índiz.
5 34291 66 Abre un diálogu d'apertura de ficheros pa escoyer un ficheru d'imaxe de fondu pa la páxina d'índiz.
5 34290 46 Especifica una imaxe de fondu pal estilu del Asistente pa páxina web.
5 41002 35 Desanicia'l conxuntu d'iconos de la páxina d'índiz.
5 41000 63 Escueye un xuegu d'iconos pa navegar en documentos de presentaciones n'HTML nel enllaz Páxina Web.
5 34258 78 Especifique la direición de corréu electrónicu pa la páxina d'índiz. La direición guardar nuna etiqueta META HTML.
5 34259 5f Introduza l'avisu de copyright pa la páxina d'índiz. L'avisu guardar nuna etiqueta META HTML.
5 34256 5f Introduza la fecha modificada pa la páxina d'índiz. La fecha guardar nuna etiqueta META HTML.
5 34255 61 Introduza la fecha de creación pa la páxina d'índiz. La fecha guardar nuna etiqueta META HTML.
5 34253 65 Especifique una descripción pa la páxina d'índiz. La descripción guardar nuna etiqueta META HTML.
5 34250 6d Introduza'l títulu pa la páxina d'índiz. Esti elementu amosar na barra de títulu de los esploradores web.
5 34271 2e Escriba un nome pal ficheru de configuración.
5 34268 c9 Carga los ficheros nun sirvidor FTP. La páxina d'índiz guardar nel allugamientu especificáu. Tolos demás ficheros guardar nel directoriu "myWebsite" del directoriu que contién la páxina d'índiz.
5 34266 4c Abre un diálogu que dexa especificar l'allugamientu del ficheru históricu.
5 34265 114 Amiesta los ficheros y la páxina d'índiz a un ficheru históricu estruyíu y carga el ficheru na páxina web. La páxina d'índiz guardar nel allugamientu especificáu. Tolos demás ficheros guardar nel directoriu "myWebsite" del directoriu que contién la páxina d'índiz.
5 34270 36 Guarda la configuración especificada nesti asistente.
5 34269 66 Abre'l diálogu Conexón FTP, que dexa editar y probar la configuración de conexón pal sirvidor FTP.
5 34263 28 Abre un diálogu pa escoyer una carpeta.
5 34261 e3 Carga los ficheros y la páxina d'índiz nun directoriu local. La páxina d'índiz guardar nel allugamientu especificáu. Tolos demás ficheros guardar nel directoriu "myWebsite" del directoriu que contién la páxina d'índiz.
5 34260 4c Abre la páxina web nel esplorador web predetermináu del sistema operativu.
5 41046 5d Abre un diálogu que dexa especificar el directoriu del sirvidor FTP pa guardar los ficheros.
5 41045 59 Escriba l'allugamientu d'un directoriu nel sirvidor FTP onde deseye guardar los ficheros.
5 41044 32 Prueba la conexón FTP cola configuración actual.
5 41043 3b Escriba la contraseña necesaria p'aportar al sirvidor FTP.
5 41042 3d Escriba'l nome d'usuariu necesariu p'aportar al sirvidor FTP.
5 41041 33 Escriba'l nome o la direición IP del sirvidor FTP.
5 41040 5e Edite y pruebe la configuración de la conexón del sirvidor FTP pal Asistente pa páxina web.
17 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION 9a The Parameter Input dialog asks the user to enter the parameter values. Enter a value for each query parameter and confirm by clicking OK or typing Enter.
13 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_CRIT 43 Especifica los criteriosde filtru del conteníu del campu de datos.
11 HID_CTL_QRYDGNTAB 60 Faiga doble clic nos campos p'amestalos a la consulta. Arrastre y coloque pa definir relaciones.
1d HID_QUERY_EDIT_JOINCONNECTION 1e Edita Propiedaes de Conexón .
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ORDER 70 Si prime la caxella, pue escoyer ente les opciones d'ordenamientu: ascendente, descendente y ensin ordenamientu.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsavedialog%2Fschema 48 Escriba'l nome del esquema que s'asignó a la consulta o vista de tabla.
22 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsavedialog%2Ftitle 2f Escriba'l nome de la vista de tabla o consulta.
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ALIAS 9a Especifica un alies. Esti alies va amosar na consulta en llugar del nome de campu. D'esta forma puen emplegase etiquetes de columna definíes pol usuariu.
12 HID_CTL_QRYDGNCRIT 2b Escueya condiciones pa definir la consulta.
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FIELD 8c Escriba'l nome del campu de datos al que fai referencia na consulta. Los parámetros de les fileres inferiores faen referencia a esti campu.
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_TABLE 55 Equí amuésase la tabla de base de datos correspondiente al campu de datos escoyíu.
16 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_VISIBLE 51 Si escueye la propiedá Visible pa un campu de datos, dichu campu ver na consulta
21 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Ftype 68 Nes uniones completes, la tabla de resultancies contién tolos campos de les tables esquierda y derecha.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Ftable2 20 Especifica dos tables que xunir.
5 dummy 61 Si fai clic nel botón Más, ábrese un diálogu con más información avera del problema actual.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirmpassword 28 Vuelva especificar la nueva contraseña.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fnewpassword 21 Especifique la nueva contraseña.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Foldpassword 20 Escriba la contraseña anterior.
1c sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fusered 24 Especifica'l nome del nuevu usuariu.
1c HID_TABLE_DESIGN_HELP_WINDOW 1a Amuesa los testos d'ayuda.
16 HID_TABDESIGN_NAMECELL 97 Especifica'l nome del campu de datos. Repare les restricciones de la base de datos, como'l llargor del nome, los caráuteres especiales y los espacios.
12 HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT 2d Esti botón abre'l diálogu Formatu de campu.
16 HID_TABDESIGN_TYPECELL 1b Especifica'l tipu de campu.
d .uno%3ADelete 1d Desanicia la filera escoyida.
1a SID_TABLEDESIGN_INSERTROWS a0 Inxerta una nueva filera balera enriba de la filera actual, si la tabla nun se guardó. Inxerta una nueva filera balera a la fin de tabla si la tabla guardóse.
18 HID_TABDESIGN_BACKGROUND 37 Esta área ye onde se define la estructura de la tabla.
19 HID_TABDESIGN_COMMENTCELL 25 Especifica una descripción opcional.
13 HID_TAB_ENT_DEFAULT 40 Especifica'l valor predetermináu nos nuevos rexistros de datos.
20 SID_TABLEDESIGN_TABED_PRIMARYKEY 68 Si esti comandu tien una marca de comprobación, el campu de datos d'esta llinia ye una clave principal.
19 HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT_SAMPLE 3c Amuesa'l códigu de formatu que pue escoyer col botón ... .
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2Fclose 11 Zarra'l Diálogu.
14 .uno%3ADBIndexDesign 4f El diálogu  Diseñador de Indices dexa editar los índices pa la tabla actual.
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_RESET 62 Restablez les carauterístiques del índiz actual a les que tenía cuando s'empecipió'l diálogu.
2e dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FINDEX_LIST 81 Amuesa los índices disponibles. Pa editalo escueya un índiz de la llista. Los detalles del índiz escoyíu amosar nel diálogu.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_RENAME 20 Camuda'l nome del índiz actual.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_NEW 15 Crea un nuevu índiz.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_DROP 1a Desanicia l'índiz actual.
23 HID_DLGINDEX_INDEXDETAILS_SORTORDER 1d Define'l tipu d'ordenamientu.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FUNIQUE 31 Define si l'índiz actual aceuta valores únicos.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_SAVE 2e Guarda l'índiz actual nos oríxenes de datos.
1f HID_DLGINDEX_INDEXDETAILS_FIELD 4b Amuesa la llista de campos de la tabla actual. Pue escoyer más d'un campu.
13 HID_CTL_RELATIONTAB 62 Equí pue enllazar les tables de la base de datos actual por aciu los sos campos de datos comunes.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdeldefault 74 Si desanicia la clave principal correspondiente, va asignase un valor específicu a tolos campos de claves esternos.
14 .uno%3ADBAddRelation 35 Dexa definir y editar una rellación ente dos tables.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Ftable2 52 Los nomes de les tables escoyíes pal enllaz apaecen en forma de nomes de columna.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Frelations 2d Define los campos de claves pa la rellación.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdelaction 6e Especifica que'l borráu d'una clave principal nun tenga nengún efeutu sobre otros campos de claves esternos.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Faddcascade 92 Escueya esta opción p'anovar tolos campos de clave esternos si modifícase'l valor de la clave principal correspondiente (anovación en cascada).
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Faddnull b5 Si modificóse la clave principal correspondiente, emplegue esta opción pa definir el valor "Ye nulu" pa tolos campos de claves esternos. "Ye nulu" significa que'l campu ta baleru.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Faddaction 68 Especifica que los cambeos efeutuaos nuna clave principal nun afecten a otros campos de claves esternos.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fadddefault 8f Si modificóse la clave principal correspondiente, emplegue esta opción pa definir un valor predetermináu pa tolos campos de claves esternos.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdelcascade 77 Especifica que tolos campos de claves esternos van desaniciase si desanicia'l campu de clave principal correspondiente.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdelnull 71 Si desanicia la clave principal correspondiente, el valor "Ye nulu" va asignar a tolos campos de claves esternos.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fprimarykey 54 Xenera automáticamente un campu de datos con clave primaria y rellenar con valores.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdata 8b Si los datos nun puen axuntase va ver nel diálogu Información sobre les columnes una llista de campos que los sos datos non poder copiar.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fview cd Si la base de datos almite vistes, esta opción pue escoyese namái cuando una consulta copiar nun contenedor de tables. Esta opción dexa ver y editar una consulta como si fuera una vista de tabla normal.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fkeyname 48 Especifica un nome pa la clave primaria xenerada. Esti nome ye opcional.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdef 48 Copia namái la definición de la tabla, non los datos correspondientes.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdefdata 33 Crea una copia esacta de la tabla de base de datos.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fname 1f Especifica un nome pa la copia.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Fcolrh 54 Amiesta o desanicia'l campu escoyíu (botón > o <) o tolos campos (botón << o >>).
21 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Fto 3d Amuesa los campos que deseya incluyir na tabla que se copió.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Ffrom cb Llista los campos de datos disponibles que pue incluyir la tabla copiada. Pa copiar un campu de datos, prima clic sobre'l nome, depués clic nel botón >. Pa copiar tolos campos, prima clic nel botón >>
25 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftypeselectpage%2Fauto 50 Indique la cantidá de llinies qu'utilizar na reconocencia automática de tipos.
18 HID_TAB_ENT_BOOL_DEFAULT 33 Escueya'l valor predetermináu pa un campu Sí/Non.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftypeselectpage%2Fautobutton 2e Habilita la reconocencia automática de tipos.
11 HID_TAB_ENT_SCALE 89 Especifique'l númberu de decimales pal campu de datos. Esta opción namái ta disponible pa los campos de datos numbéricos o decimales.
f HID_TAB_ENT_LEN 38 Especifica'l númberu de caráuteres pal campu de datos.
10 HID_TAB_ENT_TYPE 19 Escueya un tipu de campu.
16 HID_TAB_ENT_COLUMNNAME 55 Amuesa'l nome del campu de datos escoyíu. Si deseyar, pue especificar un nome nuevu.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftypeselectpage%2Fcolumnnames 44 Amuesa los campos de datos que van incluyise na tabla que se copió.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fnone 44 Anula la seleición de tolos caxellos de verificación de la llista.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fdown_right 39 Mueve la entrada escoyida una posición embaxo na llista.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fup_right 39 Mueve la entrada escoyida una posición enriba na llista.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fall 2b Escueye tolos campos de datos de la llista.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fright a3 Amuesa los posibles campos de datos de la tabla de destín. Na tabla de destín namái s'inclúin los campos de datos que s'escueyan na llista de la tabla d'orixe.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fleft 191 Amuesa los campos de datos de la tabla d'orixe. Pa incluyir campos de datos de la tabla d'orixe na de destín, marque'l caxellu de verificación qu'hai al pie de cada nome de campu de datos. P'asignar el conteníu d'un campu de datos de la tabla d'orixe a otru campu de la tabla de destín, na llista de la tabla d'orixe faiga clic nel campu de datos; de siguío, faiga clic na flecha enriba o embaxo.
2e dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fusesql92 8f Dexa namái l'usu de nomes con caráuteres que cumplan les restricciones de nomes SQL92 na fonte de datos. El restu de caráuteres refúguense.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fquery 6b Escriba una espresión SQL que devuelva l'últimu valor autoincrementado del campu de datos llave primaria.
2f dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fstatement 83 Escriba una espresión SQL qu'indique a la fonte de datos qu'amonte automáticamente el campu de datos de tipu Enteru especificáu.
16 HID_DSADMIN_USECATALOG c2 Usa l'orixe de datos actual del Catálogu. Esto ye útil cuando l'orixe de datos ODBC ye un sirvidor. Si l'orixe de datos ODBC ye un driver dBASE, dexe ensin escoyer el caxellu de verificación.
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fautoretrieve 6c Dexa a $[officename] almitir campos de datos de medría automática pa la fonte de datos ODBC o JDBC actual.
18 HID_DSADMIN_CHARSET_ODBC 7f Escueye'l códigu de conversión que se va usar pa ver la base de datos in $[officename]. Esto nun va afectar la base de datos.
22 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fodbcpage%2Foptions 66 Nesti cuadru de testu definen opciones adicionales del controlador nel casu de qu'esto seya necesariu.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbasepage%2FindiciesButton 5e Abri  el diálogu Indices, onde pue entamar la tabla d'índices na actual base de datos dBASE.
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbasepage%2FshowDelRowsCheckbutton 89 Amuesa tolos rexistros d'un ficheru, incluyíos los marcaos como desaniciaos. Si escueye esta opción, nun va poder desaniciar rexistros.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fremoveall 3c Mueve tolos índices de tables a la llista Índices llibres.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Faddall 3b Mueve tolos índices llibres a la llista Índices de tabla.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fadd 36 Mueve l'índiz escoyíu a la llista Índices de tabla.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ffreeindex 3f Numbera los índices disponibles que puen asignase a una tabla.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ftableindex 44 Numbera los índices actuales pa la tabla de base de datos escoyida.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fremove 43 Mueve los índices de tabla escoyíos a la llista Índices llibres.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ftable 35 Escueya la tabla de base de datos que deseye indexar.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2FDBaseIndexDialog 31 Dexa entamar los índices de base de datos dBASE.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fstatus 49 Amuesa les resultancies del comandu SQL executáu, incluyíos los fallos.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fsqlhistory 79 Numbera los comandos de SQL executaos enantes. Pa volver executar un comandu, faiga clic nél y, de siguío, en Executar.
25 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fsql 3f Escriba'l comandu d'alministración de SQL que deseye executar.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fexecute 3e Executa'l comandu especificáu nel cuadru Comandu qu'executar.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2FDirectSQLDialog 56 Abre un diálogu nel que pue escribise un comandu SQL p'alministrar una base de datos.
1e HID_DSADMIN_SUPPRESS_VERSIONCL 5d Ordena la llista de nomes de tabla de forma ascendente, empezando pol principiu del alfabetu.
27 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SUPPRESS_VERSIONCL 11f Delles bases de datos controlen los cambeos efeutuaos en cada rexistru por aciu l'asignación de númberos de versión a los campos modificaos. Esti númberu amontar en 1 cada vez que se modificar el campu. Amuesa'l númberu de versión internu del rexistru na tabla de la base de datos.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fuseradminpage%2Fdelete 1d Desanicia l'usuariu escoyíu.
25 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fuseradminpage%2Ftable 53 Amuesa y dexa editar los derechos d'accesu a la base de datos pal usuariu escoyíu.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fuseradminpage%2Fchangepass 3f Camuda la contraseña del usuariu p'aportar a la base de datos.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fuseradminpage%2Fadd 3f Amiesta un nuevu usuariu p'aportar a la base de datos escoyida.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fuseradminpage%2Fuser 3c Escueya l'usuariu que la so configuración deseye modificar.
33 DBACCESS_PUSHBUTTON_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_PB_STAT 6d Abre'l diálogu Estadístiques de base de datos, nel que puen vese estadístiques de la base de datos Adabas.
33 DBACCESS_CHECKBOX_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_CB_SHUTDB 44 Sale del sirvidor de base de datos Adabas al salir de $[officename].
35 DBACCESS_EDIT_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_ET_CTRLPASSWORD 2c Escriba la contraseña de Control d'usuariu.
35 DBACCESS_EDIT_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_ET_CTRLUSERNAME 84 Escriba'l nome d'un usuariu al que deseye conceder un control llindáu pa modificar dalgunos de los parámetros de la base de datos.
3f DBACCESS_NUMERICFIELD_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_NF_DATA_INCREMENT 77 Escriba'l tamañu nel que deseya amontar automáticamente la base de datos. El tamañu de medría máxima ye de 100 MB.
3b DBACCESS_NUMERICFIELD_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_NF_CACHE_SIZE 47 Escriba'l tamañu de la memoria entemedia de datos pa la base de datos.
33 DBACCESS_NUMERICFIELD_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_MEMORYUSING 54 Amuesa, en forma de porcentaxe, la cantidá d'espaciu utilizáu de la base de datos.
28 DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_FREESIZE 4f Amuesa la cantidá d'espaciu llibre (en megabytes) disponible na base de datos.
24 DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_SIZE 3a Amuesa'l tamañu total (en megabytes) de la base de datos.
2b DBACCESS_LISTBOX_DLG_ADABASSTAT_LB_DATADEVS 32 Amuesa la ruta y el nome del ficheru DATADEVSPACE.
2e DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_TRANSACTIONLOG 34 Amuesa la ruta y el nome del ficheru TRANSACTIONLOG.
2b DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_SYSDEVSPACE 31 Amuesa la ruta y el nome del ficheru SYSDEVSPACE.
19 HID_DLG_ADABAS_CACHE_SIZE 39 Escriba'l tamañu de l'antememoria de datos en megabytes.
20 HID_DLG_ADABAS_DATADEVSPACE_SIZE 5a Escriba equí'l tamañu de la base de datos en megabytes. El tamañu máximu ye de 100 MB.
15 HID_DLG_ADABAS_DBNAME 23 Escriba'l nome de la base de datos.
15 HID_DLG_ADABAS_CONUSR ec Escriba'l nome d'un usuariu al que deseye conceder un control llindáu pa modificar dalgunos de los parámetros de la base de datos. De normal, la configuración predeterminada de nome y contraseña del usuariu control nun se modificar.
12 HID_DLG_ADABAS_USR b3 Escriba'l nome del usuariu del dominiu que Adabas utiliza internamente. De normal, la configuración predeterminada de nome y contraseña del usuariu del dominiu nun se modificar.
18 HID_DLG_ADABAS_DOMAINPWD 18 Escriba una contraseña.
15 HID_DLG_ADABAS_SYSUSR 33 Escriba'l nome d'alministrador de la base de datos.
1a HID_DLG_ADABAS_SYSDEVSPACE 38 Escriba la ruta del DEVSPACE del sistema (SYSDEVSPACE ).
22 HID_DLG_ADABAS_TRANSACTIONLOG_SIZE 3c Escriba'l tamañu del ficheru de transacciones en megabytes.
1d HID_DLG_ADABAS_TRANSACTIONLOG 39 Escriba la ruta del ficheru de rexistru de transacciones.
1b HID_DLG_ADABAS_DATADEVSPACE 26 Escriba la ruta del DEVSPACE de datos.
1d HID_DLG_ADABAS_PBDATADEVSPACE 4e Busque'l directoriu nel que deseya guardar el ficheru y faiga clic en Aceutar.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fprimarykeys 65 Active p'anular la heurística de Base usada pa deteutar si'l bancu de datos sofita claves primaries.
34 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fignorecurrency bb Solo pa conexones de Oracle JDBC. Cuando ta activa especifícase que nun trate nenguna columna como campu de moneda. El tipu de campu que torna ye ignoráu pol driver de la base de datos.
26 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BOOLEANCOMPARISON 3a Escueya'l tipu de comparanza booleana que deseye utilizar.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Finputchecks df Cuando entra un nuevu rexistru o anovar un rexistru esistente nun formulariu, y dexa un campu vacíu que ta amestáu a una columna d'una base de datos lo cual rique entrada, entós vera un mensaxe quexando del campu vacío.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseas a8 Delles bases de datos usen la pallabra  "AS"  ente un nome y el so alies,  ente qu'otres usen un espaciu en blancu. Habilite esta opción pa poner AS enantes del alies.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fappend 39 Amiesta l'alies del nome de tabla n'instrucciones SELECT.
35 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseodbcliterals 4a Use los lliterales de data y tiempu que seyan conformes al estándar ODBC.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseoj 66 Usar secuencies d'escape pa uniones esternes. La sintaxis d'esta secuencia d'escape ye {oj outer-join}
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fignoreprivs 4b Ignora los privilexos d'accesu qu'apurre'l controlador de la base de datos.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Feol 83 Escoyer la opción d'usar el par de códigu CR + LF pa finar cada llinia de testu (preferíu pa sistemes operativos DOS y Windows).
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Freplaceparams 55 Troca los parámetros con nome d'un orixe de datos por un signu d'interrogación (?).
34 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fusecatalogname c8 Usa l'actual orixe de datos del catálogu. Esta opción ye util cuando l'orixe de datos ODBC ye un sirvidor de base de datos. Nun escueya esta opción si l'orixe de datos ODBC ye un controlador dBASE.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fdisplayver 50 Amuesa'l númberu de versión internu del rexistru na tabla de la base de datos.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseschemaname 37 Dexa utilizar el nome d'esquema n'instrucciones SELECT.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fcreateindex 2c Crea un índiz con instrucciones ASC o DESC.
1c DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_CHARSET 5b Escueya'l conxuntu de caráuteres que deseye usar pa ver la base de datos en $[officename].
24 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SPECIAL_MESSAGE 3a Escueya'l tipu de base de datos al que se deseye coneutar.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FpassCheckbutton 64 Si esta activada, va solicitáse-y al usuariu la contraseña necesaria p'aportar a la base de datos.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_PB_TESTMYSQLCLASS 53 Prueba la conexón de la base de datos al traviés de la clase de controlador JDBC.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_CALC_PATH 56 Escriba la ruta del documentu de fueya de cálculu que deseya usar como base de datos.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_FLAT_PATH 3a Especifique la ruta de la carpeta colos ficheros de testu.
2d DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLCLASS 46 Indique'l nome del controlador JDBC que se coneuta col orixe de datos.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FconnectionButton 42 Prueba la conexón de la base de datos cola configuración actual.
2e DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLDBNAME 23 Escriba'l nome de la base de datos.
1f DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DBASE_PATH 43 Especifique la ruta del directoriu que contién los ficheros dBASE.
20 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_DATABASE_WIZARD 71 L'Asistente pa bases de datos crea un ficheru de base de datos que contién información sobre una base de datos.
39 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_GENERAL_RB_GETEXISTINGDATABASE 5a Escueya pa crear un documentu de base de datos pa una conexón de base de datos esistente.
1b DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DSTYPE 39 Escueya'l tipu de base de datos pa la conexón esistente.
33 dbaccess%3AListBox%3APAGE_GENERAL%3ALB_DOCUMENTLIST 9c Escueya un ficheru de base de datos p'abrir nuna llista de ficheros que s'utilizaron apocayá. Faiga clic en Parar p'abrir el ficheru y salir del asistente.
3a dbaccess%3ARadioButton%3APAGE_GENERAL%3ARB_OPENEXISTINGDOC 7b Opción p'abrir un ficheru de base de datos nuna llista de ficheros usaos apocayá o un diálogu de seleición de ficheros.
36 dbaccess%3APushButton%3APAGE_GENERAL%3APB_OPENDOCUMENT c1 Abre un diálogu de seleición de ficheros pa escoyer un ficheru de base de datos. Nel diálogu de seleición de ficheros, faiga clic n'Abrir o Aceutar p'abrir el ficheru y salir del asistente.
36 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_GENERAL_RB_CREATEDBDATABASE 23 Escueya pa crear una base de datos.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fopenediting 60 Escueya p'amosar el ficheru de base de datos, que dexa editar la estructura de la base de datos.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fnoregister 68 Escueya pa caltener la información de base de datos namái dientro del ficheru de base de datos creáu.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fusewizard 5b Escueya pa llamar al Asistente pa tables una vegada rematáu l'Asistente pa bases de datos.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fyesregister 11d Select to register the database within your user copy of %PRODUCTNAME. After registering, the database is displayed in the View - Data Sources window. You must register a database to be able to insert the database fields in a document (Insert - Field - More Fields) or in a mail merge.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2FPageFinal 5d Especifica si deseya rexistrar la base de datos, abrir pa editala o inxertar una tabla nueva.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MSACCESS_PB_MSACCESSLOCATION 39 Faiga clic p'abrir un diálogu de seleición de ficheros.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MSACCESS_ET_MSACCESSLOCATION 2f Especifica la ruta al ficheru de base de datos.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADABAS_PB_ADABASNAME 39 Faiga clic p'abrir un diálogu de seleición de ficheros.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADABAS_ET_ADABASNAME 2c Escriba'l nome del ficheru de base de datos.
3e dbaccess%2Fui%2Fauthentificationpage%2FpassRequiredCheckbutton 39 Una contraseña tien de contener ente 3 y 18 caráuteres.
3b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fauthentificationpage%2FgeneralUserNameEntry 37 Un nome d'usuariu nun pue tener más de 18 caráuteres.
28 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADO_PB_ADOURL 3e Faiga clic p'abrir un diálogu de seleición de base de datos.
28 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADO_ET_ADOURL 26 Especifique la URL del orixe de datos.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_DBASE_PB_DBASELOCATION 28 Abra un diálogu de seleición de rutes.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_DBASE_ET_DBASELOCATION 2e Especifique la ruta al ficheru de dBASE *.dbf.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FjavaDriverLabel 24 Escriba'l nome del controlador JDBC.
1c HID_DSADMIN_CONNURL_JDBCPAGE 101 Escriba la URL de la base de datos. Por exemplu, pal controlador MySQL JDBC, introduza "jdbc:mysql://<nome del sirvidor>/<nome de la base datos>". Pa llograr más información avera del controlador JDBC, consulte la documentación incluyida col controlador.
32 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLHOSTSERVER 4b nome_host ye'l nome de la máquina na que s'executa la base de datos MySQL.
17 HID_DSADMIN_USESSL_LDAP 4f Crea una conexón segura col sirvidor LDAP por aciu Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).
1b HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_PORTNUMBER 35 Escriba'l puertu del sirvidor LDAP, que suel ser 389.
17 HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_BASEDN 4f Escriba'l puntu inicial pa guetar na base de datos LDAP, por exemplu, "dc=com".
19 HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_HOSTNAME 48 Escriba'l nome del sirvidor LDAP utilizando'l formatu "ldap.server.com".
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizmysqlintropage%2Fjdbc 4e Coneuta con un orixe de datos JDBC esistente configuráu nun nivel de sistema.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizmysqlintropage%2Fodbc 4e Coneuta con un orixe de datos ODBC esistente configuráu nun nivel de sistema.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ODBC_PB_NAMEOFODBCDATASOURCE 43 Faiga clic p'abrir un diálogu de seleición d'orixe de datos ODBC:
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ODBC_ET_NAMEOFODBCDATASOURCE 30 Especifique la ruta al ficheru de base de datos.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FjavaDriverLabel 24 Escriba'l nome del controlador JDBC.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLEPORT 3f Especifique'l númberu de puertu del sirvidor de base de datos.
30 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLECLASS 2d Escriba la URL del sirvidor de base de datos.
35 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLEHOSTSERVER 2a Escriba'l nome de la base de datos Oracle.
37 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizspreadsheetpage%2Fpasswordrequired 4f Escueya pa solicitar una contraseña al usuariu del documentu de base de datos.
39 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_SPREADSHEET_PB_SPREADSHEETPATH 39 Faiga clic p'abrir un diálogu de seleición de ficheros.
39 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_SPREADSHEET_ET_SPREADSHEETPATH 3b Escriba la ruta y el nome del ficheru de fueya de cálculu.
1f HID_DSADMIN_THOUSANDS_SEPARATOR 87 Escriba o escueya'l caráuter utilizáu como separador de miles nel ficheru de testu; por exemplu, el puntu (1.000) o la coma (1,000).!
1d HID_DSADMIN_DECIMAL_SEPARATOR 82 Escriba o escueya'l caráuter utilizáu como separador decimal nel ficheru de testu; por exemplu, el puntu (0.5) o la coma (0,5).!
1b HID_DSADMIN_FIELD_SEPARATOR 5b Escriba o escueya'l caráuter de separtamientu de los campos de datos nel ficheru de testu.
1a HID_DSADMIN_TEXT_SEPARATOR 53 Escriba o escueya'l caráuter qu'identifica un campu de testu nel ficheru de testu.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_ET_OWNEXTENSION 59 Faiga clic p'aportar a ficheros personalizaos. Indique la estensión nel cuadru de testu.
33 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSOTHERFILES 59 Faiga clic p'aportar a ficheros personalizaos. Indique la estensión nel cuadru de testu.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSTXTFILES 24 Faiga clic p'aportar a ficheros txt.
33 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_PB_LOCATIONTEXTFILE 39 Faiga clic p'abrir un diálogu de seleición de ficheros.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSCSVFILES 24 Faiga clic p'aportar a ficheros csv.
33 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_ET_LOCATIONTEXTFILE 147 Especifique la ruta del ficheru o los ficheros de testu. Si namái quier un ficheru de testu, pue utilizar cualquier estensión del nome de ficheru. Si especifica un nome de carpeta, los ficheros de testu de dicha carpeta tienen de tener la estensión *.csv por que puedan reconocese como ficheros de la base de datos de testu.
1b .uno%3ADBDSAdvancedSettings 24 Abre'l diálogu Propiedaes avanzaes.
1f DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLE_EDIT 5e Abre una ventana que dexa editar la tabla, la consulta, el formulariu o l'informe qu'escoyera.
2b .uno%3ADBNewReportAutoPilotWithPreSelection 50 Empecipia el Asistente pa informes pa la tabla, la consulta o la vista escoyida.
d .uno%3ADBEdit 5e Abre una ventana que dexa editar la tabla, la consulta, el formulariu o l'informe qu'escoyera.
1f .uno%3ADBDatabasePropertiesMenu 11 Abre un submenú.
15 .uno%3ADBDSProperties 2d Abre'l diálogu Propiedaes de bases de datos.
19 .uno%3ADBDSConnectionType 26 Abre l'Asistente pa tipos de conexón.
18 HID_BROWSER_TABLE_DELETE 47 Desanicia la tabla, la consulta, el formulariu o l'informe qu'escoyera.
29 .uno%3ADBNewFormAutoPilotWithPreSelection 53 Empecipia el Asistente pa formularios pa la tabla, la consulta o la vista escoyida.
f .uno%3ADBRename 94 Camuda'l nome del oxetu escoyíu. En función de la base de datos, ye posible que dellos nomes, caráuteres y llargores del nome nun seyan válidos.
d .uno%3ADBOpen 32 Abre l'oxetu escoyíu nel últimu estáu guardáu.
16 .uno%3ADBConvertToView ee Convierte la consulta escoyida nuna vista. La consulta orixinal permanez nel ficheru de base de datos y xenérase una vista adicional nel sirvidor de base de datos. Tien De tener permisu d'escritura p'amestar una vista a la base de datos.
1b .uno%3ADBSendReportToWriter a4 Esporta l'informe escoyíu a un documentu de testu. Un informe dinámicu espórtase como una copia del conteníu de la base de datos nel momentu de la esportación.
19 .uno%3ADBSendReportAsMail 14e Abre l'aplicación de corréu electrónicu predeterminada pa unviar un nuevu mensaxe de corréu electrónicu. L'informe escoyíu amiéstase como axuntu. Pue especificar l'asuntu, los destinatarios y el cuerpu del mensaxe. Un informe dinámicu espórtase como una copia del conteníu de la base de datos nel momentu de la esportación.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2Fok 41 Faiga clic pa guardar el formulariu nel ficheru de base de datos.
34 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FfileNameEntry 36 Asigne un nome de ficheru al formulariu que se guarda.
2f dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FupButton 37 Faiga clic pa xubir un nivel na xerarquía de carpetes.
36 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FnewFolderButton 3d Faiga clic pa crear una carpeta nel ficheru de base de datos.
35 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FCollectionView 3d Faiga clic pa crear una carpeta nel ficheru de base de datos.
13 .uno%3ADBNewViewSQL 20 Abre una nueva vista en mou SQL.
10 .uno%3ADBNewView 24 Abre una nueva vista en mou diseñu.
12 .uno%3ADBNewFolder 51 Abre un diálogu que dexa guardar una carpeta nueva nel ficheru de base de datos.
14 .uno%3ADBNewQuerySql 23 Abre una nueva consulta en mou SQL.
11 .uno%3ADBNewQuery 27 Abre una nueva consulta en mou diseñu.
11 .uno%3ADBNewTable 25 Abre la vista de diseñu de la tabla.
12 .uno%3ADBNewReport 55 Empecipia la ventana de Xenerador d'Informes pa la tabla escoyida, vista, o consulta.
10 .uno%3ADBNewForm 33 Abre un nuevu documentu de testu en mou formulariu.
12 .uno%3ADBDirectSQL 3c Abre'l diálogu SQL, que dexa especificar instrucciones SQL.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesfilterpage%2FTablesFilterPage 76 Abre'l diálogu Filtru de tables, que dexa especificar les tables de la base de datos que se van amosar o van anubrir.
12 .uno%3ADBUserAdmin 5f Abre'l diálogu Alministración d'usuarios si la base de datos ye compatible con esta función.
17 .uno%3ADBRelationDesign 65 Abre la vista Diseñu de relaciones y comprueba si la conexón de la base de datos almite relaciones.
16 .uno%3ADBRefreshTables 11 Anova les tables.
1c .uno%3ADBDatabaseObjectsMenu 11 Abre un submenú.
12 .uno%3ADBViewForms 52 Escueye'l contenedor de formularios y amuesa tolos formularios na vista detallada.
d .uno%3ADBSort 11 Abre un submenú.
13 .uno%3ADBViewTables 48 Escueye'l contenedor de tables y amuesa toles tables na vista detallada.
14 .uno%3ADBViewReports 4b Escueye'l contenedor d'informes y amuesa tolos informes na vista detallada.
14 .uno%3ADBViewQueries 4e Escueye'l contenedor de consultes y amuesa toles consultes na vista detallada.
10 .uno%3ADBPreview 11 Abre un submenú.
17 .uno%3ADBDisablePreview 34 Evacúa la vista previa na ventana de base de datos.
1b .uno%3ADBShowDocInfoPreview 59 La ventana de vista previa amuesa la información de documentu d'un formulariu o informe.
17 .uno%3ADBShowDocPreview 3d La vista previa amuesa'l documentu d'un formulariu o informe.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsummarypage%2Ftextview 4b La llista amuesa tolos cambeos que s'aplicaron al ficheru de base de datos.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fbackuppage%2Fbrowse 112 Escueya un allugamientu y un nome de ficheru pa guardar el nuevu ficheru de base de datos. De forma predeterminada, el nuevu ficheru recibe'l mesmu nome que el ficheru antiguu, ente que se camuda'l nome del ficheru antiguu cola cadena "backup" (copia de seguridá) nel nome.
17 .uno%3ADBMigrateScripts d1 L'Asistente de migración de macros de documentu de base de datos mueve les macros esistentes dende los subdocumentos d'un ficheru antiguu de Base al área d'almacenamientu de macros del nuevu ficheru de Base.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fbackuppage%2FBackupPage d1 L'Asistente de migración de macros de documentu de base de datos mueve les macros esistentes dende los subdocumentos d'un ficheru antiguu de Base al área d'almacenamientu de macros del nuevu ficheru de Base.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fmigratepage%2FMigratePage d1 L'Asistente de migración de macros de documentu de base de datos mueve les macros esistentes dende los subdocumentos d'un ficheru antiguu de Base al área d'almacenamientu de macros del nuevu ficheru de Base.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsummarypage%2FSummaryPage d1 L'Asistente de migración de macros de documentu de base de datos mueve les macros esistentes dende los subdocumentos d'un ficheru antiguu de Base al área d'almacenamientu de macros del nuevu ficheru de Base.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fprepagepage%2FPreparePage d1 L'Asistente de migración de macros de documentu de base de datos mueve les macros esistentes dende los subdocumentos d'un ficheru antiguu de Base al área d'almacenamientu de macros del nuevu ficheru de Base.
36 svtools%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_LOGIN%3ACB_LOGIN_SAVEPASSWORD ba Escueya esta opción pa utilizar el mesmu nome y la mesma contraseña ensin qu'apaezan diálogos, cuando se coneute de nuevu al mesmu orixe de datos de la sesión de %PRODUCTNAME actual.
2e svtools%3AEdit%3ADLG_LOGIN%3AED_LOGIN_PASSWORD 37 Escriba la contraseña pa coneutase col orixe de datos.
2e svtools%3AEdit%3ADLG_LOGIN%3AED_LOGIN_USERNAME 35 Escriba'l nome d'usuariu p'aportar al orixe de datos.
17 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD 48 L'Asistente pa consultes ayúdalu a crear una consulta de base de datos.
24 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTSELFIELDS 3a Amuesa tolos campos que se van incluyir na nueva consulta.
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTTABLES 38 Especifica la tabla pa la que se va a crear la consulta.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT4 76 Especifica campos adicionales polos que s'ordenar la consulta creada, si los campos d'ordenación previos son iguales.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT3 76 Especifica campos adicionales polos que s'ordenar la consulta creada, si los campos d'ordenación previos son iguales.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT1 38 Especifica'l campu pol que s'ordenar la consulta creada.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND1 4b Faiga clic pa ordenar alfabéticamente o numbéricamente n'orde ascendente.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND2 4b Faiga clic pa ordenar alfabéticamente o numbéricamente n'orde ascendente.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND3 4b Faiga clic pa ordenar alfabéticamente o numbéricamente n'orde ascendente.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND4 4b Faiga clic pa ordenar alfabéticamente o numbéricamente n'orde ascendente.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND1 4c Faiga clic pa ordenar alfabéticamente o numbéricamente n'orde descendente.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND2 4c Faiga clic pa ordenar alfabéticamente o numbéricamente n'orde descendente.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND3 4c Faiga clic pa ordenar alfabéticamente o numbéricamente n'orde descendente.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND4 4c Faiga clic pa ordenar alfabéticamente o numbéricamente n'orde descendente.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT2 76 Especifica campos adicionales polos que s'ordenar la consulta creada, si los campos d'ordenación previos son iguales.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_3 2d Introduza'l valor pa la condición de filtru.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMATCHALL 55 Escueya pa peñerar la consulta por toles condiciones qu'utilicen el valor lóxicu Y.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_1 33 Escueya'l nome de campu de la condición de filtru.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMATCHANY 58 Escueya pa peñerar la consulta por cualesquier condición qu'utilice'l valor lóxicu O.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_3 33 Escueya'l nome de campu de la condición de filtru.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_2 33 Escueya'l nome de campu de la condición de filtru.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_1 2d Introduza'l valor pa la condición de filtru.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_2 2d Introduza'l valor pa la condición de filtru.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_1 21 Escueya la condición pal filtru.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_2 21 Escueya la condición pal filtru.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_3 21 Escueya la condición pal filtru.
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BTNAGGREGATEMINUS 25 Quita la última filera de controles.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BTNAGGREGATEPLUS 26 Amiesta una nueva filera de controles.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTAGGREGATEFIELDS_1 24 Escueya'l nome del campu numbérico.
30 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTAGGREGATESUMMARYQUERY 43 Escueya p'amosar namái les resultancies de les funciones amestaes.
2e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTAGGREGATEFUNCTION_1 1d Escueya la función amestada.
2f WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTAGGREGATEDETAILQUERY 30 Escueya p'amosar tolos rexistros de la consulta.
2a WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERSELFIELDS 41 Amuesa tolos campos que se van utilizar p'arrexuntar la consulta.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_1 37 Escueya'l nome de campu de la condición d'agrupación.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_3 31 Introduza'l valor pa la condición d'agrupación.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_2 37 Escueya'l nome de campu de la condición d'agrupación.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTGROUPMATCHANY 59 Escueya p'arrexuntar la consulta por cualesquier condición qu'utilice'l valor lóxicu O.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_3 37 Escueya'l nome de campu de la condición d'agrupación.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTGROUPMATCHALL 56 Escueya p'arrexuntar la consulta por toles condiciones qu'utilicen el valor lóxicu Y.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_1 31 Introduza'l valor pa la condición d'agrupación.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_2 31 Introduza'l valor pa la condición d'agrupación.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_1 27 Escueya la condición pa l'agrupación.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_2 27 Escueya la condición pa l'agrupación.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_3 27 Escueya la condición pa l'agrupación.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTTITLE_1 22 Escriba l'alies pal nome de campu.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTSUMMARY 20 Amuesa un resume de la consulta.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMODIFYQUERY 32 Escueya pa guardar la consulta y abrir pa editala.
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDISPLAYQUERY 28 Escueya pa guardar y amosar la consulta.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTQUERYTITLE 1e Escriba'l nome de la consulta.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2Ftime 9c Habilite Incluyir hora pa inxertar un campu d'hora nel área activa del informe. El campu d'hora amuesa la hora correspondiente a la execución del informe.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2Fdate a1 Habilita incluyir Fecha pa inxertar un campu de fecha nel área activa del informe. El campu de fecha amuesa la fecha correspondiente a la execución del informe
39 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2FDateTimeDialog 64 Pue abrir el diálogu de fecha y hora  del Xenerador   d'Informes escoyendo Inxertar - Fecha y Hora.
1a .uno%3AInsertDateTimeField 64 Pue abrir el diálogu de fecha y hora  del Xenerador   d'Informes escoyendo Inxertar - Fecha y Hora.
17 .uno%3ASectionShrinkTop 46 Amenorga la seición escoyida pa desaniciar l'espaciu baleru superior.
14 .uno%3ASectionShrink 52 Amenorga la seición escoyida pa desaniciar l'espaciu baleru superior ya inferior.
17 .uno%3ASectionAlignLeft 5c P'alliniar los oxetos al marxe esquierdu escueya dos o más oxetos y faiga clic nesti iconu.
1a .uno%3ASectionShrinkBottom 46 Amenorga la seición escoyida pa desaniciar l'espaciu baleru inferior.
15 .uno%3AGreatestHeight 6a P'axustar el tamañu de los oxetos al oxetu más altu, escueya dos o más oxetos, faiga clic nesti iconu .
11 .uno%3AHFixedLine 2f Inxerta una llinia horizontal nel área actual.
18 .uno%3ASectionAlignRight 65 P'alliniar los oxetos al marxe derechu del área, escueya dos o más oxetos y faiga clic nesti iconu.
16 .uno%3ASectionAlignTop 66 P'alliniar los oxetos al marxe cimeru del área, selecione dos o más oxetos, faiga clic nesti iconu .
14 .uno%3ASmallestWidth 68 P'axustar el tamañu de los oxetos al más angostu, escueya dos o más oxetos y faiga clic nesti iconu .
19 .uno%3ASectionAlignBottom 66 P'alliniar los oxetos al marxe inferior del área, escueya dos o más oxetos y faiga clic nesti iconu.
15 .uno%3ASmallestHeight 67 P'axustar l'altor de los oxetos a la más pequeña, escueya dos o más oxetos y faiga clic nesti iconu.
14 .uno%3AGreatestWidth 6f Pa camudar el tamañu de los oxetos al tamañu más anchu, escueya dos o más oxetos y faiga clic nésti iconu.
11 .uno%3AVFixedLine 2d Inxerta una llinia vertical nel área actual.
21 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_FORMULA 4d Introduza la fórmula que define la función. Use la sintaxis de OpenFormula.
28 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_DEEPTRAVERSING 109 Si Evaluación Fonda ta habilitáu, les funciones son evaluaes dende'l nivel más baxu de la jerarquia. Pue usase por exemplu na numberación de llinies. Si Evaluación Fonda nun ta habilitáu, solamente les funciones del primer nivel de la xerarquía son evaluaes.
12 .uno%3ANewFunction af Nel menú contestual del Navegador d'Informes, pue ver los mesmos comandos que nel Xenerador d'Informes, y comandos adicionales pa crear una nueves funciónes o pa desaniciar.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PREEVALUATED 70 Si la opción Pre-evaluación ta habilitada, les funciones son evaluaes solamente cuando l'informe ta termináu.
28 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_INITIALFORMULA 56 Ingrese'l valor inicial pa la evaluación de la fórmula. Xeneralmente ye un 0 o un 1.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_REPORT_NAVIGATOR_TREE b4 Prima clic nuna entrada del Navegador d'Informes. L'oxetu correspondiente o área escoyida na vista del Xenerador d'Informes. Clic derechu nuna entrada p'abrir el menú contestual.
16 .uno%3AReportNavigator 7f El Navegador d'informes amuesa la estructura del informe. Use'l Navegador d'informes pa inxertar funciones dientro del informe.
36 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Falignment c Alliniación
37 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fbottompage 2d Parte inferior de la páxina (pie de páxina)
34 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Ftoppage 24 Parte cimeru de la páxina (testera)
32 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fpagen 9 Páxina N
35 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fpagenofm e Páxina N de M
3d modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2FPageNumberDialog 71 Pue abrir el diálogu Númberu de páxina del Xenerador d'Informes escoyendo Inxertar - Numberación de Páxina .
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VERTICAL_ALIGN 15 Alliniación vertical
22 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_FONT 3a Escueya'l tipu de lletra pa los oxetos de testu escoyíos.
27 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_POSITIONX 2b Afai la Posición X pa los oxetos escoyíos
25 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRESERVEIRI 106 Pa una imaxe, pue definir inxertar la imaxe como un enllaz al ficheru o como un oxetu enllastráu nel ficheru de Base. La opción del oxetu enllastráu amonta'l tamañu del ficheru de Base, ente que la opción del enllaz nun pue tresportase a otros computadores.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_KEEPTOGETHER 89 Caltener xuntu indica imprentar l'oxetu actual dende la parte cimera d'una nueva páxina si'l tamañu de la páxina actual nun ye abonda.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_FORCENEWPAGE 5e Forzar nueva páxina define si la seición actual o la siguiente imprentar nuna nueva páxina.
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_WIDTH 20 Afai l'anchu del oxetu escoyíu.
29 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_BACKTRANSPARENT 3f Determina si'l fondu del oxetu escoyíu ye tresparente o opacu.
27 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_POSITIONY 29 Axuste la posición Y pa l'oxetu escoyíu
1e REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_FIELD_SEL c4 La ventana Amestar campu amuésase automáticamente cuando escueye una tabla na caxa de conteníu. Pue faer clic nel iconu Amestar campu de la barra de ferramientes, o escoyer Ver - Amestar campu.
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_DATAFIELD 54 Na páxina de datos, pue camudar el conteníu de la información que se deba amosar.
34 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_CONDITIONALPRINTEXPRESSION 65 Si una espresión condicional d'impresión ye evaluada como VERDADERA, l'oxetu escoyíu va imprimise.
13 .uno%3ASelectReport 60 P'amosar la llingüeta Xeneral o Datos del informe completu, escueya Editar – Escoyer informe.
2d REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRINTREPEATEDVALUES 26 Define si imprentar valores repitíos.
24 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_HEIGHT 22 Define l'altor del oxetu escoyíu.
2b REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_GROUPKEEPTOGETHER 72 Los grupos permanecen xuntos por páxina o por columna (por defeutu). Tien De habilitar la opción Caltener xuntu.
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_BACKCOLOR 45 Afai'l color de fondu del oxetu escoyíu, en pantalla y p'impresión.
2e REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRINTWHENGROUPCHANGE 21 Imprentar cuando un grupu camudó
2a REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PAGEHEADEROPTION 83 Determina en que contestu la testera de páxina va ser impresu: en toles páxines, o non nes páxines con testera y pie de páxina.
21 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_VISIBLE 67 Un oxetu invisible nun s'amuesa al executar l'informe. Na vista del Xenerador d'Informes si ye visible.
25 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_NEWROWORCOL 93 Nueva filera o Columna determina, pa un diseñu de múltiples columnes, si la seición actual o la siguiente imprentar nuna nueva filera o columna.
2a REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PAGEFOOTEROPTION 8c Determina en qué contestu imprímese'l pie de páxina: en toles páxines, o nun imprentar nes páxines que tienen testera o pie de páxina.
2d modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fkeep 51 Escueya'l nivel de detalle pol cual un grupu va caltenese xuntu na mesma páxina.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fdelete 24 Quita'l campu escoyíu de la llista.
1b .uno%3ADbSortingAndGrouping a9 Nel diálogu Ordenar y Arrexuntar del  Xenerador d'Informes , pue definir los campos que van ser ordenaos, y los campos que se van caltener xuntos pa conformar un grupu.
31 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Finterval 3d Introduza l'intervalu col cual van arrexuntase los rexistros.
35 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2FFloatingSort a9 Nel diálogu Ordenar y Arrexuntar del  Xenerador d'Informes , pue definir los campos que van ser ordenaos, y los campos que se van caltener xuntos pa conformar un grupu.
30 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fsorting 23 Escueya la forma de la ordenación.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Ffooter 35 Escueya amosar o anubrir el pie de páxina del grupu.
2c modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fbox b1 Llista los campos que se van usar pa ordenación o agrupamientu. El campu na parte cimera va tener la prioridá, el segundu va tener la segunda prioridá, y asina sucesivamente.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fheader 2d Escueya amosar o anubrir la testera de grupu.
24 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_FIELDEXPRESSION 42 Faiga clic p'abrir la llista de campos de la cual pue escoyer unu.
2b modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fup 36 Mueve'l campu escoyíu a la parte cimera de la llista.
2e modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fgroup 49 Escueya crear un nuevu grupu en cada valor camudáu o n'otres propiedaes.
2d modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fdown 2f Mueve'l campu escoyíu escontra baxo na llista.
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_DIALOG 42 L'Asistente pa tables ayúdalu a crear una tabla de base de datos.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDSSELECTED 37 Amuesa tolos campos que se van incluyir na nueva tabla.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LBTABLES a7 Escueya una de les tables d'amuesa. De siguío, escueya los campos de la tabla nel cuadru de llista esquierdu. Repita esti pasu hasta escoyer tolos campos que precise.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPTPRIVATE 4b Escueya la categoría personal pa ver namái les tabla d'amuesa personales.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPTBUSINESS 53 Escueya la categoría comercial pa ver namái les tables d'amuesa pa profesionales.
23 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_AUTOINCREMENTVALUE 81 Escriba una espresión SQL qu'indique al orixe de datos qu'amonte automáticamente el campu de datos de tipu Enteru especificáu.
22 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_AUTOINCREMENT 5f Si establecer en Yes, el buscador de la base de datos xenera los valores d'esti campu de datos.
1d DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_REQUIRED 3a Si establecióse en sí, esti campu nun pue dexase baleru.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_COLNAME 54 Amuesa'l nome del campu de datos escoyíu. Si deseyar, pue introducir un nome nuevu.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMINUS 30 Desanicie'l campu escoyíu del cuadru de llista.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDPLUS 31 Amestar nuevu campu de datos al cuadru de llista.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LB_SELFIELDNAMES 34 Escueya un campu pa editar la información de campu.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_SEVERAL 5d Escueya la opción pa crear una clave principal a partir d'una combinación de dellos campos.
2e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CK_PK_AUTOVALUE_AUTOMATIC c2 Escueya pa inxertar automáticamente un valor y amontar el valor del campu pa cada rexistru nuevu. La base de datos tien d'almitir la medría automática pa poder utilizar la función Autovalor.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDS_PK_AVAILABLE 5a Escueya un campu y faiga clic en > p'amestalo a la llista de campos de claves principales.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CK_PK_AUTOVALUE c2 Escueya pa inxertar automáticamente un valor y amontar el valor del campu pa cada rexistru nuevu. La base de datos tien d'almitir la medría automática pa poder utilizar la función Autovalor.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVE_PK_SELECTED b5 Escueya un campu y faiga clic en < pa quitar de la llista de campos de claves principales. La clave principal créase como concatenación de los campos d'esta llista, de riba abaxo.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LB_PK_FIELDNAME 19 Escueya'l nome del campu.
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_SINGLE 53 Escueya pa utilizar un campu esistente con valores esclusivos como clave principal.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_AUTOMATIC 57 Escueya la opción p'amestar automáticamente una clave principal como campu adicional.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CHK_USEPRIMEKEY ff Escueya pa crear una clave principal. Amieste una clave principal a cada tabla de base de datos pa identificar cada rexistru de forma esclusiva. En dellos sistemes de bases de datos de %PRODUCTNAME, ye obligatoria una clave principal pa editar les tables.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_STARTFORMWIZARD a2 Escueya la opción pa crear un formulariu basáu nesta tabla. El formulariu crear nun documentu de testu cola última configuración del Asistente pa formularios.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_MODIFYTABLE 46 Escueya pa guardar el diseñu de la tabla y abrir pa introducir datos.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LST_SCHEMA 59 Escueya l'esquema pa la tabla. (Namái ta disponible si la base de datos almite esquemes)
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_WORKWITHTABLE 33 Escueya pa guardar y editar el diseñu de la tabla.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LST_CATALOG 5d Escueya'l catálogu pa la tabla. (Namái ta disponible si la base de datos almite catálogos)
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_TXT_NAME 1e Especifica'l nome de la tabla.
13 .uno%3ADBReportOpen 4b Abre l'informe escoyíu pa poder amestar, modificar o desaniciar rexistros.
13 .uno%3ADBFormRename 26 Camuda'l nome del formulariu escoyíu.
13 .uno%3ADBFormDelete 20 Desanicia'l formulariu escoyíu.
15 .uno%3ADBReportRename 23 Camuda'l nome del informe escoyíu.
12 .uno%3ADBTableOpen 4a Abre la tabla escoyida pa poder amestar, modificar o desaniciar rexistros.
12 .uno%3ADBTableEdit 36 Abre la tabla escoyida pa poder camudar la estructura.
12 .uno%3ADBQueryOpen 4d Abre la consulta escoyida pa poder amestar, modificar o desaniciar rexistros.
14 .uno%3ADBTableRename 23 Camuda'l nome de la tabla escoyida.
14 .uno%3ADBTableDelete 1c Desanicia la tabla escoyida.
12 .uno%3ADBQueryEdit 39 Abre la consulta escoyida pa poder camudar la estructura.
11 .uno%3ADBFormEdit 3a Abre'l formulariu escoyíu pa poder camudar la estructura.
15 .uno%3ADBReportDelete 1d Desanicia l'informe escoyíu.
14 .uno%3ADBQueryDelete 1f Desanicia la consulta escoyida.
13 .uno%3ADBReportEdit 37 Abre l'informe escoyíu pa poder camudar la estructura.
14 .uno%3ADBQueryRename 26 Camuda'l nome de la consulta escoyida.
11 .uno%3ADBFormOpen 4e Abre'l formulariu escoyíu pa poder amestar, modificar o desaniciar rexistros.
c FontWork2TBO 3b Especifique'l valor d'espaciu ente caráuteres de Fontwork.
26 .uno%3AFontworkCharacterSpacingFloater 35 Abre la ventana Espaciu ente caráuteres de Fontwork.
c FontWork1TBO 44 Faiga clic p'aplicar l'alliniación a los oxetos Fontwork escoyíos.
1f .uno%3AFontworkAlignmentFloater 29 Abre la ventana Alliniación de Fontwork.
20 .uno%3AFontworkSameLetterHeights 63 Camuda l'altu normal de les lletres de los oxetos Fontwork escoyíos al mesmu altu pa tolos oxetos.
19 .uno%3AFontworkShapeTypes 74 Abre la barra de ferramientes Forma de Fontwork. Faiga clic nuna forma p'aplicala a tolos oxetos Fontwork escoyíos.
30 fps%2Fui%2Fremotefilesdialog%2FRemoteFilesDialog 1f Remote Files Service User Guide
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepallothers 41 Amuesa los cambeos de tolos usuarios, baleros de los sos cambeos.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepallmine 3a Amuesa tolos sos cambeos, baleros de tolos demás cambeos.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepother 40 Caltien el cambéu de los otros usuarios, baleru nel so cambéu.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepmine 35 Caltien el so cambéu, baleros de los demás cambeos.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2FConflictsDialog ac Si los mesmos conteníos son camudaos por distintos usuarios, el diálogu de resolvimientu de conflictos ábrese. Pa cada conflictu, tien de decidise qué cambeos caltener.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsharedocumentdlg%2Fshare 102 Habilitar pa compartir el documentu actual con otros usuarios. Inhabilitar pa usar el documentu ensin compartir. Esto va invalidar les ediciones entá non guardaes por otros usuarios, aplicáu dende la última vegada que s'abrir o se guardáu esti documentu.
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsharedocumentdlg%2FShareDocumentDialog 7d Abrir el diálogu del documentu compartíu cuando usté pueda habilitar o evacuar la collaboración compartida del documentu.
14 .uno%3AShareDocument 7d Abrir el diálogu del documentu compartíu cuando usté pueda habilitar o evacuar la collaboración compartida del documentu.
15 .uno%3AFormFilterExit 74 Si fai clic nel botón Zarrar de la barra de ferramientes Filtru de formularios, el formulariu amosar ensin filtros.
18 .uno%3AFormFilterExecute 7c Si fai clic nel iconu Aplicar filtru de formularios de la barra de ferramientes Filtru de formularios, va aplicase'l filtru.
1e .uno%3AConfigureToolboxVisible 3c Abrir un diálogu onde pue amestar, editar, y quitar iconos.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnewtoolbardialog%2FNewToolbarDialog 3c Abrir un diálogu onde pue amestar, editar, y quitar iconos.
19 SID_FM_FILTER_IS_NOT_NULL e8 Pue editar directamente como testu les condiciones de los filtros nesta área. Si deseya comprobar si un campu tien o non conteníu, pue escoyer les condiciones de filtru "baleru" (SQL:"Ye nulu") o "non baleru" (SQL: "Nun ye nulu").
14 HID_FILTER_NAVIGATOR 1d4 Les condiciones de filtru establecíes apaecen nel Navegador de filtros. Namás establecer el filtru amosaráse una entrada de filtru en blancu na parte inferior del Navegador de filtros . Pa escoyer felicidá entrada calque na pallabra "O". Una vegada escoyida la entrada de filtru en blancu, pue especificar les condiciones de filtru adicionales nel formulariu. Diches condiciones tán enllazaes por aciu d'un O booleano coles condiciones definíes con anterioridá.
1a .uno%3AFormFilterNavigator 7e Pa coneutar delles condiciones de filtros con O booleanos, faiga clic nel iconu Navegación de filtros de la barra de filtros.
2f svx%2Fui%2Ffontworkgallerydialog%2FctlFavorites c7 Escueya un estilu de Fontwork y faiga clic en "Aceutar" pa inxertalo nel so documentu. Faiga doble clic o Ctrl+doble clic nel Fontwork del documentu pa entrar nel mou d'edición de testu y modificar.
38 svx%2Fui%2Ffontworkgallerydialog%2FFontworkGalleryDialog c7 Escueya un estilu de Fontwork y faiga clic en "Aceutar" pa inxertalo nel so documentu. Faiga doble clic o Ctrl+doble clic nel Fontwork del documentu pa entrar nel mou d'edición de testu y modificar.
12 .uno%3ASaveGraphic 96 To export a bitmap in Writer: Right-click the bitmap, choose Save Graphics. You see the Image Export dialog. Enter a file name and select a file type.
1c .uno%3APreviousTrackedChange 41 Jumps to and selects the previous change in the document, if any.
18 .uno%3ANextTrackedChange 3d Jumps to and selects the next change in the document, if any.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fopen_all 4c El iconu"Abrir un  documentu" amuesa un cuadru de diálogu p'abrir ficheros.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Ftemplates_all 47 L'iconu "Plantíes" abre'l cuadru de diálogu "Plantíes y documentos".
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fmath_all 52 Cada unu de los iconos de documentu abre un nuevu documentu del tipu especificáu.
15 FWK_HID_BACKINGWINDOW 47 Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
1d sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fhelp 47 Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fcalc_all 52 Cada unu de los iconos de documentu abre un nuevu documentu del tipu especificáu.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fimpress_all 52 Cada unu de los iconos de documentu abre un nuevu documentu del tipu especificáu.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fdatabase_all 52 Cada unu de los iconos de documentu abre un nuevu documentu del tipu especificáu.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fextensions 47 Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fdraw_all 52 Cada unu de los iconos de documentu abre un nuevu documentu del tipu especificáu.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2FStartCenter 47 Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fall_recent 47 Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fwriter_all 52 Cada unu de los iconos de documentu abre un nuevu documentu del tipu especificáu.
c .uno%3AAbout 57 Amuesa información xeneral del programa, como'l númberu de versión y los copyrights.
12 .uno%3AShowLicense d6 Amuesa'l documentu CREDITS.odt que detalla los nomes de les persones qu'andecharon nel códigu fonte d'OpenOffice.org (contribuciones que s'importaron a LibreOffice) o col códigu de LibreOffice dende'l 28/09/2010.
13 .uno%3AOnlineUpdate 126 Activa una conexón a Internet pa %PRODUCTNAME. Si necesites un Proxy, comprueba la configuración de Proxy de %PRODUCTNAME en Ferramientes - Opciones - Internet. Darréu escueyi Comprobar anovamientos pa comprobar si ta disponible una versión más nueva del paquete d'aplicaciones pa oficina.
13 .uno%3ASendFeedback 6c Abre un formulariu de comentarios nel navegador web, onde los usuarios puen informar de fallos nel software.
10 .uno%3AHelpIndex 5d Abre la páxina principal de l'Ayuda de $[officename] correspondiente a l'aplicación actual.
f .uno%3AHelpMenu 4f El menú Ayuda dexa empecipiar y controlar el sistema d'Ayuda de $[officename].
13 .uno%3AExtendedHelp 5c Activa la información d'ayuda ampliada sol punteru del mur hasta que se vuelve a faer clic.
e RID_ENVTOOLBOX 93 La barra Estándar atopar na parte cimera de la ventana de $[officename]. Esta barra de ferramientes atopar en toles aplicaciones de $[officename].
12 .uno%3ATableDesign 43 Opens the Table Design. Double-click a preview to format the table.
18 .HelpId%3Atableobjectbar 87 La Barra d'oxetos pa tables contién funciones que va precisar cuando trabaye con tables. Apaez cuando'l cursor ta dientro d'una tabla.
14 .uno%3ADSBFormLetter 57 Empecipia l'asistente pa combinación de correspondencia pa crear cartes de formulariu.
17 .uno%3ADSBInsertColumns 58 Inxerta tolos campos del rexistru escoyíu na posición del cursor del documentu actual.
10 .uno%3ANewRecord 17 Crea un rexistru nuevu.
13 .uno%3ADeleteRecord 50 Desanicia un rexistru. Tien d'efeutuase una confirmación enantes de desaniciar.
e .uno%3ARecUndo 23 Dexa desfacer una entrada de datos.
e .uno%3ARecSave 50 Guarda una nueva entrada de datos. El cambéu queda rexistráu na base de datos.
11 .uno%3ANextRecord 1c Mover al siguiente rexistru.
11 .uno%3ALastRecord 1a Mover al últimu rexistru.
12 .uno%3AFirstRecord 19 Mover al primer rexistru.
11 .uno%3APrevRecord 1b Mover al rexistru anterior.
15 .uno%3AAbsoluteRecord 5e Amuesa'l númberu del rexistru actual. Escriba un númberu pa dir al rexistru correspondiente.
e .uno%3AGridUse 4a Especifica que namái se puen mover los oxetos ente puntos de cuadrícula.
12 HID_BEZIER_TOOLBOX 53 Al escoyer un polígonos y faer clic en Editar puntos apaez la barra Editar puntos.
11 .uno%3ABezierMove 29 Activa un mou nel que puen movese puntos.
13 .uno%3ABezierInsert 3d Activa el mou d'inxertamientu. Esti mou dexa inxertar puntos.
13 .uno%3ABezierDelete b3 Utilice l'iconu Desaniciar puntos pa desaniciar unu o dellos puntos escoyíos. Si quier escoyer dellos puntos, faiga clic nos puntos al empar que caltién calcada la tecla Mayús.
14 .uno%3ABezierCutLine 77 L'iconu Estremar curva estrema una curva. Escueya'l puntu o puntos onde deseye estremar la curva y faiga clic nel iconu
1c .uno%3ABezierEliminatePoints 3b Marca pa desaniciar el puntu actual o los puntos escoyíos.
16 .uno%3ABezierSymmetric 4e Esti iconu convierte un puntu d'esquina o un puntu llisu nun puntu simétricu.
14 .uno%3ABezierConvert 32 Convierte una curva nuna llinia recta o viceversa.
11 .uno%3ABezierEdge 3d Convierte'l puntu o los puntos escoyíos en puntos d'esquina.
13 .uno%3ABezierSmooth 40 Convierte un puntu d'esquina o puntu simétricu nun puntu nidiu.
12 .uno%3ABezierClose 19 Zarra una llinia o curva.
18 .uno%3AInsertObjectChart 4e Inserts a chart based on data from a cell or table range or with default data.
1a .uno%3AInsertFrameInteract 80 This submenu contains form controls like a textbox, checkbox, option button, and listbox that can be inserted into the document.
15 .uno%3AShapesLineMenu 49 This submenu contains straight, freeform, curved and polygon line shapes.
11 .uno%3AShapesMenu ae This submenu contains common shapes like a line, circle, triangle, and square, or a symbol shape like a smiley face, heart, and flower that can be inserted into the document.
16 HID_OFADLG_TREELISTBOX 4f Escueya l'área que la so configuración predeterminada deseya ver o modificar.
18 .uno%3AOptionsTreeDialog 6a Esti comandu abre un cuadru de diálogu p'axustar el programa a les preferencies individuales del usuariu.
13 SID_GENERAL_OPTIONS 112 Use esti cuadru de diálogu pa crear una configuración xeneral col fin de trabayar con $[officename]. La información cubre aspeutos como los datos del usuariu, la grabación, la impresión, les rutes de ficheros y directorios importantes, según el colores predeterminaos.
1c cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ffax 29 Escriba nesti campu'l so númberu de fax.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fposition 36 Escriba nesti campu'l so puestu dientro de la empresa.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fhome 3a Escriba nesti campu'l so númberu de teléfonu particular.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2FOptUserPage 3a Utilice esta ficha pa introducir o editar datos d'usuariu.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fcompany 2c Escriba nesti campu'l nome de la so empresa.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fwork 3b Escriba nesti campu'l so númberu de teléfonu del trabayu.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ftitle 21 Escriba nesti campu'l so títulu.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ffirstname 12 Escriba'l so nome.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fshortname 1a Escriba les sos iniciales.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Femail 31 Escriba la so direición de corréu electrónicu.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Flastname 16 Escriba'l so apellíu.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fstreet 28 Escriba nesti campu'l nome de la so cai.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fizip 28 Escriba nesti campu'l so códigu postal.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ficity 1c Escriba la ciudá onde vive.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fstate 18 Escriba la so provincia.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fsaveas d2 Especifica que los documentos del tipu escoyíu na esquierda van guardase siempres con esti tipu de ficheru. Pue utilizar el cuadru de diálogu Guardar como pa escoyer otru tipu de ficheru pal documentu actual.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fdoctype 5a Especifica'l tipu de documentu pal que quier definir el formatu de ficheru predetermináu.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Falienwarndialog%2Fask db Pue faese apaecer una alvertencia al guardar un documentu nun formatu que nun seya OpenDocument o que nun se configuró como formatu predetermináu na seición Cargar/Guardar - Xeneral del cuadru de diálogu "Opciones".
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fwarnalienformat db Pue faese apaecer una alvertencia al guardar un documentu nun formatu que nun seya OpenDocument o que nun se configuró como formatu predetermináu na seición Cargar/Guardar - Xeneral del cuadru de diálogu "Opciones".
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fodfversion 141 Ye posible que delles empreses o organizaciones rican documentos ODF col formatu ODF 1.0/1.1. Pue escoyer esi formatu pa guardar nel cuadru de llista. Esti formatu más antiguu nun pue almacenar toles carauterístiques nueves, por tantu siempres que seya posible encamiéntase l'usu del nuevu formatu ODF 1.2 (Estendíu).
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fload_settings 5f Al cargar un documentu, carga la configuración específica del usuariu guardada nel documentu.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2FOptSavePage 88 Na seición  Xeneral, pue escoyer la configuración predeterminada pa guardar documentos, según los formatos de ficheru predeterminaos.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fbackup f2 Guarda la versión anterior d'un documentu como copia de seguridá cada vez que se guarda'l documentu. Siempres que %PRODUCTNAME cree una copia de seguridá, troca la copia de seguridá anterior. La copia de seguridá tien la estensión .BAK.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fautosave_spin 57 Especifica l'intervalu de tiempu en minutos pa la opción de recuperación automática.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fload_docprinter 183 Si habilítase, la configuración de la imprentadora va cargar col documentu. Esto va dexar la impresión del documentu nuna imprentadora distinta, si nun camuda manualmente la imprentadora nel cuadru de diálogu d'impresión. Si evacúase, el documentu va imprentar na imprentadora por defeutu. La configuración de la imprentadora va guardar col documentu habilítese o nun ta opción.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fdocinfo 67 Especifica que se va abrir el cuadru de diálogu Propiedaes cada vez qu'escueya'l comandu Guardar como.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fuserautosave 8d Specifies that %PRODUCTNAME saves all open documents when saving auto recovery information. Uses the same time interval as AutoRecovery does.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Frelative_fsys 57 Escueya esti cuadru pa escoyer el guardáu relativu de les URL nel sistema de ficheros.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fautosave b2 Especifica que %PRODUCTNAME va guardar la información necesaria pa restaurar tolos documentos abiertos en casu de bloquéu. Ye posible indicar l'intervalu de tiempu de guardáu.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Frelative_inet 5c Escueya esti caxellu de verificación pa escoyer el guardáu relativu de les URL a Internet.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fedit 45 Faiga clic p'abrir el cuadru de diálogu Escoyer ruta o Editar rutes.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fdefault 55 El botón Predetermináu restablez les rutes predefiníes de toles entraes escoyíes.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fpaths 7c Pa camudar una entrada d'esta llista, faiga clic na entrada y faiga clic en Editar. Tamién pue facer doble clic na entrada.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2FOptPathsPage 85 Esta seición contién los caminos predeterminaos a cartafueyos importantes de $[officename]. Estos caminos puen editase pol usuariu.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fadd 74 Abre'l cuadru de diálogu Escoyer ruta pa escoyer otra carpeta o'l cuadru de diálogu Abrir pa escoyer otru ficheru.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fpaths 6b Contien una llista de les rutes que yá s'amestaron. Indique la ruta predeterminada de los ficheros nuevos.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flinguoptionsedit 44 If you want to change a value, select the entry and then click Edit.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsdelete 6c Desanicia'l diccionariu escoyíu en pidiendo confirmación, siempres que nun tea protexíu contra escritura.
28 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fdelete 41 Suprime la pallabra marcada del diccionariu personalizáu actual.
2c cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fnewreplace a0 Adds the word in the Word text field to your current custom dictionary. The word in the Suggestion field is also added when working with exception dictionaries.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Freplace b9 Esti campu d'entrada sólo ta disponible si ta editando un diccionariu d'esceiciones. Esti campu amuesa la suxerencia alternativa pa la pallabra actual nel cuadru de testu «Pallabra».
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2FOptLinguPage 73 Especifica les propiedaes de la revisión ortográfica, los diccionarios de sinónimos y la división de pallabres.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingumodules 28 Contien los módulos d'idioma instalaos.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fbreaknumberoptions%2FBreakNumberOption 50 Type the minimum number of characters that must come before or after the hyphen.
12 .uno%3ASpellOnline 50 Revisa automáticamente la ortografía mientres s'escribe, y sorraya los fallos.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fword 85 Pue escribir una pallabra nueva pa incluir nel diccionariu. Na llista d'abaxo verá'l conteníu del diccionariu personalizáu actual.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Fnameedit 36 Especifica'l nome del nuevu diccionariu personalizáu.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingumodulesedit 34 To edit a language module, select it and click Edit.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fbook 1d Especifica'l llibru a editar.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flinguoptions 47 Define les opciones de revisión ortográfica y división de pallabres.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsedit 80 Abre'l diálogu Editar diccionariu personalizáu, onde pue amestar el diccionariu personalizáu o editar les entraes esistentes.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsnew 9c Abre'l diálogu Diccionariu nuevu, onde pue dar un nome a un nuevu diccionariu definíu pol usuariu o un diccionariu d'esceiciones y especificar la llingua.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Flanguage 56 Seleicionando una llingua determinada pue llendar l'usu del diccionariu personalizáu.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Flang 3d Designa un idioma nuevu pal diccionariu personalizáu actual.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Fexcept 40 Especifica si quier torgar ciertes pallabres nos sos documentos.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fback 47 Faiga clic equí pa desfacer los cambeos actuales nel cuadru de llista.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fdown 48 Mengua la prioridá del módulu escoyíu nel cuadru de llista nun nivel.
21 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fup 49 Aumenta la prioridá del módulu escoyíu nel cuadru de llista nun nivel.
27 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Flanguage 20 Especifica l'idioma del módulu.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Flingudicts 90 Especifica l'idioma y l'ortografía disponible, el separtamientu silábicu y los submódulos del Diccionariu de sinónimos pal módulu escoyíu.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fhex_custom 3d The color code of the color expressed as a hexadecimal value.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FColorPage 60 Allows you to select a color from a color palette, edit an existing color, or define new colors.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Frecentcolorset 35 Displays the last twelve colors selected and applied.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fpaletteselector 52 Specifies the name of a selected palette. You can select a different palette here.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fnewpreview 71 Displays a preview of the color selected from the color palette and the changes you make with the controls below.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FR_custom 58 The color code of the red component of the color. Possible values are between 0 and 255.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fcolorset 57 Contains a list of available colors. Click on the desired one in the list to select it.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FG_custom 5a The color code of the green component of the color. Possible values are between 0 and 255.
1a cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fadd 29 Adds the new color to the Custom palette.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fdelete 30 Deletes the selected color without confirmation.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FB_custom 59 The color code of the blue component of the color. Possible values are between 0 and 255.
32 SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_LUMINANCE 2c Establez el rellumu nel modelu de color HSB.
33 SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_SATURATION 30 Establez la saturación nel modelu de color HSB.
26 SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_CYAN 3a Establez el valor de color Cián nel modelu de color CMYK.
2d SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_BLUE 38 Establez el valor de color Azul nel modelu de color RGB.
28 SVTOOLS%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_COLOR%3ABTN_1 6f Faiga clic nel botón <-- pa sustituyir el color escoyíu na paleta de colores col color escoyíu a la derecha.
2c SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_RED 3c Establez el valor de color Coloráu nel modelu de color RGB.
28 SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_YELLOW 3d Establez el valor de color Mariellu nel modelu de color CMYK.
28 SVTOOLS%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_COLOR%3ABTN_2 c0 Asitia'l pequeñu cursor de seleición de la ventana derecha sobre'l color, que se correspuende col color escoyíu na ventana esquierda, y anova los valores nos respectivos campos numbéricos.
29 SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_MAGENTA 3c Establez el valor de color Magenta nel modelu de color CMYK.
25 SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_KEY 42 Establez el valor o clave de color Negru nel modelu de color CMYK.
2e SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_GREEN 39 Establez el valor de color Verde nel modelu de color RGB.
2c SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_HUE 2a Establez el matiz nel modelu de color HSB.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fyear 5b Define un intervalu de feches, dientro del cual el sistema reconoz un añu de dos díxitos.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fdocstatus 43 Especifica si la impresión del documentu considérase una cambéu.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fcollectusageinfo 4f Send usage data to help The Document Foundation improve the software usability.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Ffiledlg a9 Especifica si los cuadros de  diálogos de $[officename] van usar p'abrir y guardar documentos. De lo contrario van usase los cuadros de diálogos del sistema operativu.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fexthelp 78 Amuesa un testu d'ayuda cuando'l cursor déxase sobre un iconu, un comandu de menú o un control nun cuadru de diálogu.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2FOptGeneralPage 36 Especifica la configuración xeneral de $[officename].
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffontheight 51 Escueya un tamañu de tipu de lletra pa visualizar el códigu fonte HTML y Basic.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffontname 4d Escueya'l tipu de lletra pa la visualización del códigu fonte HTML y Basic.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fdelete 36 Desanicia la sustitución de tipos de lletra escoyida.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fapply 33 Aplica la sustitución de tipos de lletra escoyida.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffont2 38 Escriba o escueya'l nome del tipu de lletra sustituyíu.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffont1 42 Escriba o escueya'l nome del tipu de lletra que deseye sustituyir.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fchecklb 12a Amuesa'l tipu de lletra orixinal y el que lo va a sustituyir. Escueya Siempres pa sustituyir el tipu de lletra, anque'l tipu de lletra orixinal tea instaláu nel sistema. Escueya Namái pantalla pa sustituyir namái el tipu de lletra de la pantalla y nunca remplazar el tipu de lletra al imprentar.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fusetable 45 Activa la configuración de sustitución de tipos de lletra definida.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fnonpropfontonly 65 Compruebe que namái apaezan tipos de lletra non proporcionales nel cuadru de llista Tipos de lletra.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Freplacements f1 Sustitúi un tipu de lletra de la so elección. La sustitución troca un tipu de lletra namái cuando s'amuesa en pantalla, o en pantalla y al imprentar. El remplazo nun camuda los tipos de lletra establecíos y que se guarden nel documentu.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fuseopengl 97 Use the high performance Open Graphics Library (OpenGL) to render all visual elements of the application, including windows, menus, toolbars and icons.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fuseaa af When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with less artifacts.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ficonsize 2c Specifies the display size of toolbar icons.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fuseaccel 63 Directly accesses hardware features of the graphical display adapter to improve the screen display.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fsidebariconsize 2c Specifies the display size of sidebar icons.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fshowfontpreview 7b Displays the names of selectable fonts in the corresponding font, for example, fonts in the Font box on the Formatting bar.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fnotebookbariconsize 31 Specifies the display size of notebook bar icons.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ficonstyle 3b Specifies the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogs.
5 20201 54 Calque Mayús + Control + R pa restaurar o anovar la vista del documentu actual.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fforceopengl 44 Forces the use of OpenGL even if the graphics device is blacklisted.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Faafont 2f Select to smooth the screen appearance of text.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Faanf 33 Enter the smallest font size to apply antialiasing.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmenuicons a4 Displays icons next to the corresponding menu items. Select from "Automatic", "Hide" and "Show". "Automatic" displays icons according to system settings and themes.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmousepos 52 Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogs.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmousemiddle 30 Defines the function of the middle mouse button.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegradstep 3e Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fpapersize 58 Mark this check box if a certain paper size is needed for printing the current document.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2FOptPrintPage 37 Especifica les opciones de configuración d'impresión.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegrad 44 If this field is marked, gradients are printed with reduced quality.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fframe2 35 Defines which warnings appear before printing begins.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegradcolor 49 Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate color.
1e sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Ffile 7d Especifica si la configuración d'impresión tien d'aplicase a la impresión directa o a la función d'imprentar nun ficheru.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetrans a6 Si marca esti campu, los oxetos tresparentes van imprimise como ye habitual, y los oxetos non tresparentes, según lo qu'escueya nos dos botones d'opción siguientes.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fpaperorient 5e Mark this check box if you need a certain paper orientation for printing the current document.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetransnone 2f With this option transparency is never printed.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapdpi 61 Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetransauto 76 Specifies that the transparency is only printed if the transparent area covers less than a quarter of the entire page.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Ftrans 69 Mark this check box if you always want to be warned if transparent objects are contained in the document.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fconverttogray 38 Specifies that all colors are printed only as grayscale.
2d sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapoptimal 75 High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmap 6e Specifies that bitmaps are printed with reduced quality. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmaptrans 75 If this field is marked, the reduction in print quality for bitmaps also applies to the transparent areas of objects.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fobjecttime 4d Specifies the time that each image remains in the cache in hours and minutes.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fobjectcache a0 Marque esti caxellu de verificación si deseya que $[officename] active l'entamu rápidu. Esta opción ta disponible si'l módulu d'entamu rápido ta instaláu.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Folecache 43 Escueya'l númberu máximu d'oxetos OLE que se caltienen nel caxé.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fgraphiccache 2e Specifies the total cache size for all images.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2FOptMemoryPage 43 This tab page lets you define various settings for the image cache.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fcolorconfig 3c Escueya'l colores de los elementos de la interfaz d'usuariu.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fdelete 73 Desanicia l'esquema de colores que s'amuesa nel cuadru Esquema. Nun ye posible desaniciar l'esquema Predetermináu.
23 HID_OPTIONS_COLORCONFIG_NAME_SCHEME 27 Escriba un nome pal esquema de colores.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fsave 5c Guarda la configuración actual en forma d'esquema de colores que pue cargase más palantre.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fcolorschemelb 2f Escueye l'esquema de color que deseya utilizar.
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2FOptAppearancePage 3e Establez el colores de la interfaz d'usuariu de $[officename].
38 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fsystempagepreviewcolor 64 Aplica la configuración de contraste eleváu del sistema operativu na vista previa de les páxines.
2f cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fautofontcolor 9c Amuesa los tipos de lletra en %PRODUCTNAME por aciu la configuración d'el color del sistema. Esta opción namái afecta a la visualización de la pantalla.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fautodetecthc 65 Camuda el mou de %PRODUCTNAME a contraste eleváu cuando'l color de fondu del sistema ye bien escuru.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fanimatedtext 4e Previsualiza el testu animáu, como'l que ceguña y muévese, en %PRODUCTNAME.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fanimatedgraphics 49 Previsualiza los gráficos animaos, como les imaxes GIF, en %PRODUCTNAME.
33 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Ftextselinreadonly 32 Amuesa'l cursor nos documentos de namái llectura.
36 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2FOptAccessibilityPage b0 Configura les opciones que faen que los programes de %PRODUCTNAME seyan más accesibles pa los usuarios con problemes de visión, coordinación llindada o otres discapacidáes.
28 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_CB_PASSWORD 6a Si usa'l métodu de autenticación "senciellu", marque esti cuadru por que la contraseña seya permanente.
24 SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_ED_PASSWORD 70 Si usa'l métodu de autenticación "senciellu", tien d'escribir la contraseña p'aportar al sirvidor LDAP equí.
24 SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_ED_USERNAME 6c Si usa'l métodu de autenticación "senciellu", tien d'escribir el nome del usuariu nel sirvidor LDAP equí.
28 SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_LB_MECHANISM 3f Escueya'l so mecanismu de seguridá p'aportar al sirvidor LDAP.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2FOptSavePage 25 Specifies general Load/Save settings.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fnoproxy 64 Especifica los nomes d'el sirvidores que nun precisen sirvidores proxy, dixebraos por puntos y coma.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fftp 29 Escriba'l nome del sirvidor proxy pa FTP.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fhttps 50 Entra'l nome del HTTPS sirvidor. Tipear el puertu nel campu escontra la derecha.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fftpport 34 Escriba'l puertu del sirvidor proxy correspondiente.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fhttp 2a Escriba'l nome del sirvidor proxy pa HTTP.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fproxymode 2a Especifica'l tipu de definición de proxy.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptemailpage%2Fbrowse 31 Opens a file dialog to select the e-mail program.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptemailpage%2Furl 27 Enter the e-mail program path and name.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fchange 4f Abre un diálogu onde pues ver y camudar la contraseña d'una entrada escoyida.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fremoveall 26 Desaniciar toles entraes de la llista.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fconnections 89 Pide la contraseña maestra. Si la contraseña maestra ye correcta, l'amuesa nel diálogu d'Información Almacenada de les Conexones Web.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fremove 2b Desanicia la entrada escoyida de la llista.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword2 20 Enter the master password again.
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword1 1a Enter the master password.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fsavepassword db Si habilita, %PRODUCTNAME almacenar de forma segura toles contraseñes qu'utiliza p'aportar a los ficheros dende sirvidores web. Pues recuperar les contraseñes de la llista dempués d'introducir la contraseña maestra.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2FOptSecurityPage 78 Define les opciones de seguridá pa guardar documentos, pa les conexones web, y p'abrir documentos que contienen macros.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fwhensigning cb Select to see a warning dialog when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Foptions 41 Abre'l cuadru de diálogu "Opciones de seguridá y Alvertencies".
2f cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fsavesenddocs 7d Select to see a warning dialog when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.
9 703992332 24 Abre'l diálogu Seguridá de macros.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fwhenprinting 6b Select to see a warning dialog when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fwhenpdf 93 Select to see a warning dialog when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fmasterpassword 35 Abre'l diálogu pa introducir la contraseña maestra.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fremovepersonal e3 Select to always remove user data from the file properties. If this option is not selected, you can still remove the personal information for the current document with the Reset Properties button on File - Properties - General.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fctrlclick 88 If enabled, you must hold down the Ctrl key while clicking a hyperlink to follow that link. If not enabled, a click opens the hyperlink.
40 cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2FStoredWebConnectionDialog 2b Desanicia la entrada escoyida de la llista.
33 uui%2Fui%2Fmasterpassworddlg%2FMasterPasswordDialog 2b Introduza la contraseña maestra pa siguir.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fblockuntrusted 88 Blocks the use of links pointing to images not in the trusted locations defined on the Trusted Sources tab of the Macro Security dialog.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fpassword 8e Select to always enable the Save with password option in the file save dialogs. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fcharset 33 Select the appropriate character set for the export
25 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsavegrflocal dd Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the Save As dialog to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fstarbasic 62 Mark this check box to include the $[officename] Basic instructions when exporting to HTML format.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fstarbasicwarning 6f If this field is marked, when exporting to HTML a warning is shown that %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros will be lost.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fignorefontnames 97 Mark this check box to ignore all font settings when importing. The fonts that were defined in the HTML Page Style will be the fonts that will be used.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Funknowntag 67 Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognized by $[officename] to be imported as fields.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsize7 7b Use the spin buttons Size 1 to Size 7 to define the respective font sizes for the HTML <font size=1> to <font size=7> tags.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fprintextension a2 If you mark this field, the print layout of the current document (for example, table of contents with justified page numbers and dot leaders) is exported as well.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fnumbersenglishus 121 Cuando nun ta marcáu, los númberos interprétense conforme a la configuración establecida en Configuración d'idioma - Idioma - Configuración rexonal nel cuadru de diálogu "Opciones". Si ta marcáu, los númberos interprétense conforme a la configuración rexonal 'Inglés (EE.XX.)'.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2FOptHtmlPage 20 Defines settings for HTML pages.
14 .uno%3ASwEditOptions a6 Dicha configuración determina cómo se remanen los documentos de testu creaos en $[officename]. Tamién pue definise la configuración del documentu de testu actual.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fcomments 10f Amuesa comentarios. Faiga clic nun comentariu pa editar el testu. Utilice'l menú contestual del Navegador p'alcontrar o desaniciar un comentariu. Utilice'l menú contestual de comentarios pa desaniciar esti comentariu, tolos comentarios o tolos comentarios d'esti autor.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Ffieldcodes 4f Displays the field names in the document instead of the contents of the fields.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fsmoothscroll 39 Activa la función de desplazamientu nidiu de la páxina.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fdrawings 35 Amuesa los dibuxos y campos de control del documentu.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fmeasureunit 27 Especifica la unidá pa documentu HTML.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhelplines 9e Amuesa llinies de guía alredor de los marcos al movelos. Escueya la opción  Guíes al moverp'amosar la posición esacta del oxetu cuando s'utilicen llinies.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhrulercombobox 5b Amuesa la regla horizontal. Escueya la unidá de midida deseyada na llista correspondiente.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvrulercombobox 59 Amuesa la regla vertical. Escueya la unidá de midida deseyada na llista correspondiente.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvrulerright 2c Allinia la regla vertical col borde derechu.
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2FViewOptionsPage 74 Define la configuración predeterminada p'amosar oxetos nos documentos de testu, según pa los elementos de ventana.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fgraphics 3e Specifies whether to display images and objects on the screen.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Ftables 20 Amuesa les tables del documentu.
16 .uno%3ATableBoundaries af P'amosar les llendes de la tabla, faiga clic col botón derechu en cualquier tabla y escueya Llendes de la tabla o escueya Tabla - Llendes de la tabla nun documentu de Writer.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fidxbox 52 Specifies the font used for indexes, alphabetical indexes, and tables of contents.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2FOptFontTabPage 3d Specifies the settings for the basic fonts in your documents.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Findexheight 28 Especifica'l tamañu del tipu de lletra.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fstandardbox 3e Specifies the font to be used for the Default Paragraph Style.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fstandardheight 28 Especifica'l tamañu del tipu de lletra.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Ftitleheight 28 Especifica'l tamañu del tipu de lletra.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flistheight 28 Especifica'l tamañu del tipu de lletra.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flistbox 43 Specifies the fonts for lists and numbering and all derived styles.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flabelheight 28 Especifica'l tamañu del tipu de lletra.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Ftitlebox 2b Specifies the font to be used for headings.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flabelbox 3e Specifies the font used for the captions of images and tables.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Ffax 80 Si tien instaláu un programa d'unviada de fax y deseya unviar directamente un documentu, escueya'l dispositivu de fax deseyáu.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Ftextplaceholder 83 Active esta opción pa imprentar los marcos de testu. Desactive la opción pa dexar los marcos de testu en blancu na copia impresa.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintHiddenText%3ACheckBox 31 Active esta opción pa imprentar el testu ocultu.
3c .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPageBackground%3ACheckBox 90 Especifica si tienen d'incluyise o non el colores y oxetos inxertaos no fondero de la páxina (Formatu - Páxina - Fondu) nel documentu impresu.
3d .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintTextPlaceholder%3ACheckBox 83 Active esta opción pa imprentar los marcos de testu. Desactive la opción pa dexar los marcos de testu en blancu na copia impresa.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fformcontrols 58 Indica si tienen d'imprimise los campos de control de formulariu del documentu de testu.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Finblack 39 Especifica si'l testu tien d'imprimise siempres en negru.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fgraphics 4e Indica si tienen d'imprimise los gráficos que contién el documentu de testu.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AListBox 4b Especifica si tienen d'imprimise, o non, los comentarios de los documentos.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fbackground 90 Especifica si tienen d'incluyise o non el colores y oxetos inxertaos no fondero de la páxina (Formatu - Páxina - Fondu) nel documentu impresu.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2FPrintOptionsPage 48 Especifica parámetros d'impresión dientro d'un testu o documentu HTML.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fleftpages 5c Especifica si tienen d'imprimise toles páxines esquierdes (numberación par) del documentu.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fblankpages 1c9 Si ta activáu, imprímense automáticamente les páxines en blancu que s'inxertaren. Ye la opción más recomendable pa imprentar a doble cara. Exemplu: L'estilu de párrafu de los capítulos d'un llibru siempres se define  de forma qu'empiece en páxina impar. El capítulu anterior conclúi en páxina impar. %PRODUCTNAME inxerta una páxina en blancu con númberu de páxina par. Esta opción encargar d'establecer si imprímese o non dicha páxina par.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Frightpages 5c Especifica si tienen d'imprimise toles páxines dereches (numberación impar) del documentu.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fhiddentext 31 Active esta opción pa imprentar el testu ocultu.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 1c9 Si ta activáu, imprímense automáticamente les páxines en blancu que s'inxertaren. Ye la opción más recomendable pa imprentar a doble cara. Exemplu: L'estilu de párrafu de los capítulos d'un llibru siempres se define  de forma qu'empiece en páxina impar. El capítulu anterior conclúi en páxina impar. %PRODUCTNAME inxerta una páxina en blancu con númberu de páxina par. Esta opción encargar d'establecer si imprímese o non dicha páxina par.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fbrochure 4b Escueya la opción Folletu pa imprentar el documentu en formatu de folletu.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fpapertray cb N'imprentadores de delles bandexes, la opción "Bandexa según configuración d'imprentadora " especifica que la bandexa utilizada ye la indicada na configuración xeneral del sistema de la imprentadora.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Frtl 76 Compruebe pa imprentar les páxines del folletu nel orde correctu pa una secuencia de comandos de derecha a esquierda.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fnone 4b Especifica si tienen d'imprimise, o non, los comentarios de los documentos.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fonly 4b Especifica si tienen d'imprimise, o non, los comentarios de los documentos.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fend 4b Especifica si tienen d'imprimise, o non, los comentarios de los documentos.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fendpage 4b Especifica si tienen d'imprimise, o non, los comentarios de los documentos.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Ffix 56 Specifies that changes to a row or column only affect the corresponding adjacent area.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fcolinsert 32 Specifies the default value for inserting columns.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2FOptTablePage 33 Defines the attributes of tables in text documents.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fheader 60 Specifies that the first row of the table is formatted with the "Table heading" Paragraph Style.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frepeatheader 59 Specifies whether the table heading is carried over onto the new page after a page break.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frowmove 30 Specifies the value to be used for moving a row.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Ffixprop 4d Specifies that changes to a row or column have an effect on the entire table.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frowinsert 2f Specifies the default value for inserting rows.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fcolmove 33 Specifies the value to be used for moving a column.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fdontsplit 43 Specifies that tables are not split by any type of text flow break.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fborder 34 Specifies that table cells have a border by default.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumformatting 4f Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fvar 40 Specifies that changes to a row or column affect the table size.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumfmtformatting 9a If Number format recognition is not marked, only input in the format that has been set at the cell is accepted. Any other input resets the format to Text.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumalignment 43 Specifies that numbers are always bottom right aligned in the cell.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fcursorinprot 57 Specifies that you can set the cursor in a protected area, but cannot make any changes.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillspace 9f When the Direct Cursor is used, a corresponding number of tabs and spaces are inserted in the new paragraph as necessary until the clicked position is reached.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffilltab 7f When the direct cursor is used, as many tabs as necessary are added in the new paragraph until the clicked position is reached.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillindent 9d When the direct cursor is used, the left paragraph indent is set at the horizontal position where you click the direct cursor. The paragraph is left aligned.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillmargin 102 Sets the paragraph alignment when the direct cursor is used. Depending on where the mouse is clicked, the paragraph is formatted left aligned, centered or right aligned. The cursor before the mouse-click shows, by means of a triangle, which alignment is set.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2FOptFormatAidsPage 6f In $[officename] text and HTML documents, defines the display for certain characters and for the direct cursor.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fparagraph 79 Specifies whether paragraph delimiters are displayed. The paragraph delimiters also contain paragraph format information.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhyphens 185 Specifies whether soft hyphens (called also as optional or discretionary hyphens) are displayed. These are hidden user-defined delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing Ctrl+Hyphen(-). Words with soft hyphens are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a soft hyphen has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ftabs 37 Specifies that tab stops are displayed as small arrows.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fspaces 42 Specifies whether to represent every space in the text with a dot.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fnonbreak af Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as gray boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar shortcut keys.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fcursoronoff 1c Activates the direct cursor.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fbreak 82 Displays all line breaks inserted with the Shift+Enter shortcut. These breaks create a new line, but do not start a new paragraph.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddentext 66 Displays text that uses the character format "hidden", when View - Non-printing Characters is enabled.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddentextfield 47 Displays text that is hidden by Conditional Text or Hidden Text fields.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddenparafield 6e If you have inserted text using the Hidden Paragraph field, specifies whether to display the hidden paragraph.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fmarkpos 3e Defines if and where changed lines in the document are marked.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fchangedcolor e8 You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fchanged 88 Defines how changes to text attributes are displayed in the document. These changes affect attributes such as bold, italic or underline.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fdeleted ca Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is deleted. If you record text deletions, the text is displayed with the selected attribute (for example, strikethrough) and is not deleted.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Finsert 4a Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is inserted.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fmarkcolor 43 Specifies the color for highlighting the changed lines in the text.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2FOptRedLinePage 32 Defines the appearance of changes in the document.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fsquaremode 59 Cuando ta activa esta preferencia, la cuadrícula de testu paecerá una páxina cuadrada.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fusecharunit b2 Cuando esta opción ta activada, les unidaes de midía de les sangríes y espaciáu na llingüeta Formatu - Párrafu - Sangríes y espacios sedrán el caráuter (ch) y la llinia.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fmetric 35 Specifies the unit of measurement for text documents.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fupdatefields c8 The contents of all fields are updated automatically whenever the screen contents are displayed as new. Even with this box unchecked, some fields are updated each time a special condition takes place.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fnever 31 Links are never updated while loading a document.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fonrequest 37 Updates links only on request while loading a document.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fupdatecharts be Specifies whether to automatically update charts. Whenever a Writer table cell value changes and the cursor leaves that cell, the chart that displays the cell value is updated automatically.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Falways 2e Always updates links while loading a document.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Ftab 37 Specifies the spacing between the individual tab stops.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2FOptGeneralPage 2e Specifies general settings for text documents.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcompatpage%2Fdefault 69 Click to use the current settings on this tab page as the default for further sessions with %PRODUCTNAME.
3e SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_OPTLOAD_PAGE%3ACB_MERGE_PARA_DIST_PAGESTART b6 Especifica si'l espaciáu de párrafos na parte cimera de la páxina tien d'aplicase tamién de primeres d'una páxina o columna si'l párrafu atopar na primer páxina del documentu.
34 SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_OPTLOAD_PAGE%3ACB_MERGE_PARA_DIST 8c Especifica si tien d'amestase espaciu compatible con MS Word ente los párrafos y les tables en documentos de testu de $[officename] Writer.
2c SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE_CB_TAB_ALIGNMENT e0 Especifica cómo alliniar el testu nes marques de tabulación que devasen el marxe derechu, cómo xestionar les marques de tabulación decimales y cómo xestionar les marques de tabulación qu'hai cerca d'un saltu de llinia.
2e SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE_CB_PRINTER_METRICS 7a Especifica que los parámetros de la imprentadora aplicar pa imprentar, según pa formatear la visualización en pantalla.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcompatpage%2FOptCompatPage 8c Specifies compatibility settings for text documents. These options help in fine-tuning %PRODUCTNAME when importing Microsoft Word documents.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fapplyborder 41 Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Flevel 4f Specifies the headings or chapter levels where you want the numbering to start.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fseparator 57 Defines the character to be displayed after the number of the heading or chapter level.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fcharstyle 22 Especifica l'estilu del caráuter.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fchapseparator 57 Defines the character to be displayed after the number of the heading or chapter level.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fcategory 2e Specifies the category of the selected object.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fposition 42 Determines the position of the caption with respect to the object.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fobjects 54 Escueya'l tipu d'oxetu pal que tien de ser válida la configuración de Autotítulo.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fnumbering 29 Specifies the type of numbering required.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2FOptCaptionPage 54 Escueya'l tipu d'oxetu pal que tien de ser válida la configuración de Autotítulo.
14 SID_SW_ONLINEOPTIONS 54 Define la configuración básica de los documentos de $[officename] en formatu HTML.
10 .uno%3AGridFront 3b Asitia la cuadrícula visible per delantre de tolos oxetos.
28 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fnumflddivisionx 58 Especifique'l númberu d'espacios entemedios ente los puntos de cuadrícula de la exa X.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrflddrawy 51 Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the Y-axis.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrflddrawx 4e Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the X-axis.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fgridvisible 26 Specifies whether to display the grid.
15 .uno%3AHelplinesFront 39 Asitia les llinies de guía per delantre de tolos oxetos.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsynchronize 44 Specifies whether to change the current grid settings symmetrically.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fusegridsnap 5a Specifies whether to move frames, drawing elements, and controls only between grid points.
28 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fnumflddivisiony 58 Especifique'l númberu d'espacios entemedios ente los puntos de cuadrícula de la exa Y.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2FOptGridPage cc Specifies the settings for the configurable grid on your document pages. This grid helps you determine the exact position of your objects. You can also set this grid in line with the "magnetic" snap grid.
13 .uno%3AToolsOptions 147 Define diversos parámetros de configuración pa fueyes de cálculu, el conteníu que tien d'amosase y la direición de desplazamientu del cursor dempués d'efeutuar una entrada nuna caxella. Tamién pue definir llistes de clasificación, determinar les posiciones decimales y la configuración pa rexistrar y resaltar cambeos.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Foutline 84 If you have defined an outline, the Outline symbols option specifies whether to view the outline symbols at the border of the sheet.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fhscroll 59 Specifies whether to display a horizontal scrollbar at the bottom of the document window.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fsynczoom 85 Si esta activáu, toles fueyes amuesen el mesmu factor de zoom. Si nun ta activáu, cada fueya pue tener el so propiu factor de zoom.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fdiagram 37 Defines if charts in your document are shown or hidden.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fobjgrf 34 Defines if objects and graphics are shown or hidden.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Ftblreg 56 Specifies whether to display the sheet tabs at the bottom of the spreadsheet document.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Frangefind bf Specifies that each reference is highlighted in color in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a colored border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fclipmark f3 If a cell contains text that is wider than the width of the cell, the text is displayed over empty neighboring cells in the same row. If there is no empty neighboring cell, a small triangle at the cell border indicates that the text continues.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fanchor 67 Specifies whether the anchor icon is displayed when an inserted object, such as a graphic, is selected.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2FTpViewPage 86 Defines which elements of the %PRODUCTNAME Calc main window are displayed. You can also show or hide highlighting of values in tables.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fcolor 3d Specifies a color for the grid lines in the current document.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fnil 36 Specifies whether to show numbers with the value of 0.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Frowcolheader 34 Specifies whether to display row and column headers.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fbreak 46 Specifies whether to view the page breaks within a defined print area.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fdraw 40 Defines if drawing objects in your document are shown or hidden.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fguideline 5a Specifies whether to view guides when moving drawings, frames, graphics and other objects.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fformula 43 Specifies whether to show formulas instead of results in the cells.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fannot d1 Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under %PRODUCTNAME - General in the Options dialog box.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fgrid db Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background color. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background color, or to hide them.
12 .uno%3ANoteVisible 73 P'amosar un comentariu de forma permanente, escueya'l comandu Amosar comentariu nel menú contestual de la caxella.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fvscroll 56 Specifies whether to display a vertical scrollbar at the right of the document window.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fvalue 111 Mark the Value highlighting box to show the cell contents in different colors, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Freplwarncb 6d Specifies that, when you paste cells from the clipboard to a cell range that is not empty, a warning appears.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Ftextfmtcb 6a Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fmarkhdrcb 56 Specifies whether to highlight column and row headers in the selected columns or rows.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fexprefcb f9 Specifies whether to expand references when inserting columns or rows adjacent to the reference range. This is only possible if the reference range, where the column or row is inserted, originally spanned at least two cells in the desired direction.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Feditmodecb 4e Allows you to immediately edit the selected cell after pressing the Enter key.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Ftabmf 1f Defines the tab stops distance.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fformatcb 74 Specifies whether to automatically apply the formatting attributes of the selected cell to the empty adjacent cells.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Falignlb 64 Determines the direction that the cursor in the spreadsheet will move after you press the Enter key.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Funitlb 2c Defines the unit of measure in spreadsheets.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fadd 23 Adds a new list into the Lists box.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fnew 37 Enters the contents of a new list into the Entries box.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fcopyfrom 99 Defines the spreadsheet and the cells to copy, in order to include them in the Lists box. The currently selected range in the spreadsheet is the default.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fcopy 10d Copies the contents of the cells in the Copy list from box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the Copy List dialog appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialog to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fentries 50 Displays the content of the currently selected list. This content can be edited.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Flists 4a Displays all the available lists. These lists can be selected for editing.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2FOptSortLists 9c All user-defined lists are displayed in the Sort Lists dialog. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2Fcolumns 5b Escueya la opción Columnes pa resumir el conteníu de les columnes escoyíes d'una llista.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2Frows 57 Escueya la opción Files pa resumir el conteníu de les fileres escoyíes d'una llista.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2FColOrRowDialog 3b Dexa copiar les caxelles marcaes nuna llista d'ordenación.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fprec ae Defines the number of decimals to be displayed for numbers with the General number format. The numbers are displayed as rounded numbers, but are not saved as rounded numbers.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fgeneralprec 10b Pues conseñar el númberu máximu de decimales que s'amuesen de mou predetermináu nes caxelles con formatu numbéricu xeneral. Si esta opción nun ta activada, les caxelles con formatu numbéricu xeneral amuesen tantos decimales como permita l'anchor de la columna.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Flookup e9 Especifica que pue utilizase el testu de cualquier caxella como etiqueta pa la columna asitiada debaxo o la filera asitiada a la derecha del testu. El testu tien de constar de, siquier, una pallabra y nun tien de contener operadores.
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fformulaliteral 66 Specifies that only literal strings are used when searching and also for character string comparisons.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fformulawildcards 5e Specifies that wildcards are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fsteps 2c Establez el máximu de ciclos de iteración.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fminchange ad Determina la diferencia ente dos resultaos de pasos iterativos. Si la resultancia de la iteración ye inferior al valor mínimu de cambéu, entós la iteración va detenese.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdate1904 7a Establez el día 1/1/1904 como día cero. Utilice esta configuración pa fueyes de cálculu importaes nun formatu esternu.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdatestd 2b Establez el día 30/12/1899 como día cero.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fiterate b5 Especifica si les fórmules con referencies iteratives (fórmules que se repiten hasta que'l problema queda resueltu) calcúlense dempués d'un númberu de repeticiones específicu.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fcalc 147 Especifica si los cálculos tienen d'efeutuase utilizando los valores arrondaos qu'apaecen na fueya. Los gráficos van amosar colos valores amosaos. Si la opción Precisión tal como s'amuesa nun ta activada, los númberos amosaos arredóndiense, pero internamente los cálculos efeutúense utilizando'l númberu non arrondáu.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdatesc10 8b Establez el día 1/1/1900 como día cero. Utilice esta configuración pa fueyes de cálculu de StarCalc 1.0 que contengan entraes de fecha.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2FOptCalculatePage 3f Define la configuración de cálculu de les fueyes de cálculu.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fcase 67 Especifica si tien d'estremase ente mayúscules y minúscules al comparar el conteníu de les caxelles.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fformularegex 84 Specifies that regular expressions instead of simple wildcards are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fmatch 14e Specifies that the search criteria you set for the Calc database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When both, the Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells box and the Enable wildcards in formulas box are marked, $[officename] Calc behaves exactly as Microsoft Excel when searching cells in the database functions.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fentries 35 Specifies the color to highlight moved cell contents.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Finsertions 3a Specifies the color to highlight insertions in a document.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fdeletions 39 Specifies the color to highlight deletions in a document.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fchanges 31 Specifies the color for changes of cell contents.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2FOptChangesPage 5c The Changes dialog specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FprintCB e3 Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the File - Print dialog or in the Format - Print Ranges dialog. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FsuppressCB 56 Specifies that empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FoptCalcPrintPage 31 Determines the printer settings for spreadsheets.
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcompatibilitypage%2FOptCompatibilityPage 3b Define les opciones de compatibilidá de %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptformula%2FOptFormula 49 Defines formula syntax options and loading options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdefaultpage%2FOptDefaultPage 50 Define los axustes predeterminaos pa los nuevos documentos de fueya de cálculu.
14 .uno%3ASdEditOptions d3 Define diversos parámetros de configuración pa los documentos de presentación recién creaos, como'l conteníu a amosar, la unidá de midida utilizada, si utiliza l'alliniación con cuadrícula y de qué mou.
34 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fhandlesbezier ec Displays the control points of all Bézier points if you have previously selected a Bézier curve. If the All control points in Bézier editor option is not marked, only the control points of the selected Bézier points will be visible.
2c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fruler 54 Specifies whether to display the rulers at the top and to the left of the work area.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fmoveoutline 59 %PRODUCTNAME displays the contour line of each individual object when moving this object.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fdragstripes 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2FSdViewPage 26 Specifies the available display modes.
27 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldbezangle 26 Defines the angle for point reduction.
21 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fbigortho 16b Specifies that a square is created based on the longer side of a rectangle when the Shift key is pressed before you release the mouse button. This also applies to an ellipse (a circle will be created based on the longest diameter of the ellipse). When the Extend edges box is not marked, a square or a circle will be created based on the shorter side or diameter.
1e svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fortho 79 Specifies that graphic objects are restricted vertically, horizontally or diagonally (45°) when creating or moving them.
27 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldsnaparea cc Defines the snap distance between the mouse pointer and the object contour. $[officename] Impress snaps to a snap point if the mouse pointer is nearer than the distance selected in the Snap range control.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldangle 7c Specifies that graphic objects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected in the When rotating control.
23 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnappoints 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
22 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnapframe 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
23 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnapborder 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
26 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnaphelplines 57 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap line when you release the mouse.
13 HID_SD_OPTIONS_SNAP 40 Define la configuración de cuadrícula pa crear y mover oxetos.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpapertryfrmprntrcb 52 Determines that the paper tray to be used is the one defined in the printer setup.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fbackcb 2c Select Back to print the back of a brochure.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fbrouchrb 44 Select the Brochure option to print the document in brochure format.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ftilepgrb a8 Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fprntopts 43 Specifies print settings within a drawing or presentation document.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpagedefaultrb 44 Specifies that you do not want to further scale pages when printing.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpagenmcb 29 Specifies whether to print the page name.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fdatecb 2c Specifies whether to print the current date.
2c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ffrontcb 2e Select Front to print the front of a brochure.
2e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ffittopgrb 89 Specifies whether to scale down objects that are beyond the margins of the current printer, so that they fit on the paper in the printer.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ftimecb 2c Specifies whether to print the current time.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fblackwhiterb 41 Specifies that you want to print the document in black and white.
2f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fhiddenpgcb 55 Specifies whether to print the pages that are currently hidden from the presentation.
2e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fdefaultrb 34 Specifies that you want to print in original colors.
30 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fgrayscalerb 35 Specifies that you want to print colors as grayscale.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FmetricFields 26 Defines the spacing between tab stops.
12 .uno%3APickThrough 3f Especifica si escueye un marcu de testu al faer clic nel testu.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FcbCompatibility 68 Specifies that $[officename] Impress calculates the paragraph spacing exactly like Microsoft PowerPoint.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FOptSavePage 42 Defines the general options for drawing or presentation documents.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fbackgroundback 4d Specifies whether to use the cache for displaying objects on the master page.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Funits 35 Determines the Unit of measurement for presentations.
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fqickedit 85 Si ta activao, pue editar testu inmediatamente al facer clic nun oxetu de testu. Sinón, tien de facer doble clic pa editar el testu.
10 .uno%3AQuickEdit 85 Si ta activao, pue editar testu inmediatamente al facer clic nun oxetu de testu. Sinón, tien de facer doble clic pa editar el testu.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fenremotcont 54 Specifies that you want to enable Bluetooth remote control while Impress is running.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fcopywhenmove 56 If enabled, a copy is created when you move an object while holding down the Ctrl key.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fobjalwymov a6 Specifies that you want to move an object with the Rotate tool enabled. If Object always moveable is not marked, the Rotate tool can only be used to rotate an object.
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FscaleBox 2b Determines the drawing scale on the rulers.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fstartwithwizard 64 Specifies whether to activate the Wizard when opening a presentation with File - New - Presentation.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fdistrotcb 70 Maintains relative alignment of Bézier points and 2D drawing objects to each other when you distort the object.
17 .uno%3ASdGraphicOptions e2 Define la configuración global de los documentos de dibuxu, incluyíu'l conteníu que se debe amosar, la escala que se debe utilizar, l'alliniación de cuadrícula y el conteníu que se debe imprentar de forma predeterminada.
14 .uno%3ASmEditOptions 97 Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from %PRODUCTNAME Math.
2b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fzoom 56 Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified enlargement factor.
d tobeannounced 49 Saves only those symbols with each formula that are used in that formula.
31 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fsizescaled 3c Adjusts the formula to the page format used in the printout.
2c modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fframe 3f Aplica un borde finu al área de la fórmula na salida impresa.
2b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Ftext 5f Specifies whether to include the contents of the Commands window at the bottom of the printout.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fnorightspaces 56 Specifies that these space wildcards will be removed if they are at the end of a line.
31 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fsizenormal 3b Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.
2c modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Ftitle 53 Specifies whether you want the name of the document to be included in the printout.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2FSmathSettings 3e Defines formula settings that will be valid for all documents.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptchartcolorspage%2Fdefault 4d Restores the color settings that were defined when the program was installed.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptchartcolorspage%2Fcolors 36 Displays all the colors available for the data series.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fex_exec de El códigu VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) va cargase y va tar llistu pa ser executáu. Si esti caxellu de verificación nun ta marcada, el códigu VBA va ser comentáu va poder verificase, pero nun va poder executase.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_exec de El códigu VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) va cargase y va tar llistu pa ser executáu. Si esti caxellu de verificación nun ta marcada, el códigu VBA va ser comentáu va poder verificase, pero nun va poder executase.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_saveorig 119 Especifica que'l códigu orixinal de Microsoft Basic del documentu caltener nuna memoria interna especial mientres el tiempu que'l documentu tea cargáu en $[officename]. Al guardar el documentu col formatu de Microsoft, el códigu de Microsoft Basic vuelve guardase ensin cambeos.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_basic d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2FOptFltrPage 87 Especifica les propiedaes xenerales pa cargar y guardar documentos de Microsoft Office con códigu VBA (Visual Basic for Applications).
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrembedpage%2Fchecklbcontainer ad The List Box field displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loading into $[officename] (L) and/or when saving into a Microsoft format (S).
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fctlsupport 7c Activates complex text layout support. You can now modify the settings corresponding to complex text layout in %PRODUCTNAME.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcurrencylb 5c Specifies the default currency that is used for the currency format and the currency fields.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fignorelanguagechange dd Indicates whether changes to the system input language/keyboard will be ignored. If ignored, when new text is typed that text will follow the language of the document or current paragraph, not the current system language.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fwesternlanguage 4d Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in western alphabets.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fuserinterface d5 Escueya'l llinguaxe que se va usar pa la interfaz d'usuariu, por exemplu menúes, diálogos, ficheros d'ayuda. Tien De tener instaláu siquier un  paquete de llinguaxe o una versión de %PRODUCTNAME multilenguaje.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Flocalesetting 7b Specifies the locale setting of the country setting. This influences settings for numbering, currency and units of measure.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fasiansupport 70 Activates Asian languages support. You can now modify the corresponding Asian language settings in %PRODUCTNAME.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fdecimalseparator 87 Especifica que s'use la tecla de separador decimal que se configurara nel sistema al calcar la tecla pertinente nel tecláu numbéricu.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2FOptLanguagesPage 6d Define los idiomes predeterminaos, amás d'otros parámetros de la configuración rexonal, pa los documentos.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fdatepatterns 128 Indica'l patrón d'aceutación de dates pa la configuración llocal actual. Les entraes nuna fueya de cálculu Calc y nuna caxella d'una tabla de Writer tien que casar colos patrones d'aceutación de dates dependientes de la configuración llocal enantes de que se reconoza como una data válida.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fasianlanguage 4b Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in Asian alphabets.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcurrentdoc 5a Specifies that the settings for default languages are valid only for the current document.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcomplexlanguage 3e Specifies the language for the complex text layout spellcheck.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fend 4b Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the end of a line.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fstandard 75 When you mark Default, the following two text boxes are filled with the default characters for the selected language:
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Flanguage 4e Specifies the language for which you want to define first and last characters.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fpunctkanacompression 3c Specifies that punctuation and Japanese Kana are compressed.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fnocompression 30 Specifies that no compression at all will occur.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fstart 51 Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the beginning of a line.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fcharpunctkerning 4d Specifies that kerning is applied to both western text and Asian punctuation.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fpunctcompression 32 Specifies that only the punctuation is compressed.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fcharkerning 37 Specifies that kerning is only applied to western text.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fignoremiddledot 27 Specifies the characters to be ignored.
33 cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchprolongedsoundmark 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fnumerals eb Escueye'l tipu de numberales que se deben usar dientro del testu, el testu nos oxetos, los campos y los controles, en tolos módulos de %PRODUCTNAME. El conteníu de les caxelles de %PRODUCTNAME Calc ye l'únicu que nun se ve afectáu.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fmovementvisual 70 El cursor del testu mover escontra la derecha cola flecha derecha y escontra la esquierda cola flecha esquierda.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Frestricted 4b Prevents the use as well as the printing of illegal character combinations.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fmovementlogical 68 El cursor muévese a la fin del testu cola flecha derecha y de primeres del testu cola flecha esquierda.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fsequencechecking 3b Enables sequence input checking for languages such as Thai.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2FOptCTLPage 46 Define les opciones de los documentos con diseños de testu complexos.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Ftimeout 4c Define'l tiempu en segundos que tien de trescurrir pa lliberar una conexón.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Fenablepooling 89 Escueya un controlador de la llista y marque el caxellu de verificación Pool de conexones pa esti controlador pa caltener esta conexón.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Fconnectionpooling 30 Especifica si caltienen les conexones escoyíes.
9 809226770 27 quita la entrada escoyida de la llista.
9 809226766 46 Abre'l diálogu Enllaz de base de datos pa editar la entrada escoyida.
9 809226765 3d Abre'l diálogu Enllaz de base de datos pa crear una entrada.
5 35535 85 Numbera'l nome rexistráu y el ficheru de base de datos de toles bases de datos rexistraes. Faiga doble clic nuna entrada pa editala.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2Fname 61 Escriba un nome pa la base de datos. %PRODUCTNAME utiliza esti nome p'aportar a la base de datos.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2Fbrowse 4c Ábrese un diálogu de ficheru que dexa escoyer el ficheru de base de datos.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_proc 37 Automatically insert closing statements for procedures.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_paren 25 Automatically close open parenthesis.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_quotes 20 Automatically close open quotes.
31 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fextendedtypes_enable 2c Allow UNO object types as valid Basic types.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautocorrect 3b Correct cases of Basic variables and keywords while typing.
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fcodecomplete_enable 22 Display methods of a Basic object.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexperimental 1c Enable experimental features
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fclasspath 1f Abre'l diálogu Ruta de clases.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fmacrorecording 16 Enable macro recording
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fparameters 2d Abre'l diálogu Parámetros d'entamu de Java.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fadd 43 Amieste una ruta a la carpeta raigañu d'un entornu JRE nel equipu.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fjavas e7 Escueya l'entornu d'execución de java JRE que deseya utilizar. En dellos sistemes, tien d'esperar un momentu por que la llista seya anovada. En dellos sistemes, tendrá de reiniciar %PRODUCTNAME pa usar la configuración escoyida.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexpertconfig 5e Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fjavaenabled 36 Déxa-y executar aplicaciones de Java en %PRODUCTNAME.
2a cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Fpreferences 3f List the preferences organized hierarchically in a tree layout.
2b cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2FsearchButton 3d Click to search your preference text in the Preferences tree.
24 cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Freset 28 Undo changes done so far in this dialog.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Fedit 26 Opens a dialog to edit the preference.
2a cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2FsearchEntry 38 Type the preference you want to display in the text area
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexpertconfig 5e Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Ffolder 35 Escueya una carpeta y amiéstela a la ruta de clases.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Fremove 7e Escueya un ficheru d'almacenamientu o una carpeta na llista y faiga clic en Quitar pa desaniciar l'oxetu de la ruta de clases.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Farchive 5c Escueya un ficheru históricu en formatu jar o zip y amieste el ficheru a la ruta de clases.
30 SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_INET_SCRIPTING_ED_CLASSPATH 49 Especifica l'allugamientu de les clases o biblioteques de clases de Java.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fremovebtn 30 Desanicia'l parámetru d'entamu de JRE escoyíu.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Feditbtn 44 Opens a dialog where the selected JRE start parameter can be edited.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fassignbtn 38 Amiesta'l parámetru d'entamu de JRE actual a la llista.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fassignlist 7f Llista los parámetros d'entamu de JRE asignaos. Pa quitar un parámetru d'entamu, escueya'l parámetru y faiga clic en Quitar.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fparameterfield b8 Escriba un parámetru d'entamu pa un entornu JRE, como lo fadría nuna llinia de comandos. Faiga clic n'Asignar p'amestar el parámetru a la llista de parámetros d'entamu disponibles.
25 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Flow fb Les macros puen configurase por que se empecipien automáticamente, lo cual trai'l riesgu de sufrir acciones perxudiciales, por exemplu el borráu o cambéu de nome de ficheros. Nun s'encamienta aplicar esta opción al abrir documentos d'otru autores.
25 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fmed 10e Los oríxenes d'enfotu puen definise en fichar Oríxenes d'enfotu. Puen executase les macros roblaes d'una fonte d'enfotu. Coles mesmes, les macros de los allugamientos d'enfotu tienen permisu pa executase. Toles demás macros riquen confirmación per parte del usuariu.
26 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fhigh d4 Los oríxenes d'enfotu puen definise en fichar Oríxenes d'enfotu. Namái puen executase les macros roblaes d'un orixe d'enfotu. Coles mesmes, les macros de los allugamientos d'enfotu tienen permisu pa executase.
27 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fvhigh 9a Los allugamientos de ficheros d'enfotu puen definise en fichar Oríxenes d'enfotu. Toles macros de los allugamientos d'enfotu tienen permisu pa executase.
33 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2FSecurityLevelPage 9a Los allugamientos de ficheros d'enfotu puen definise en fichar Oríxenes d'enfotu. Toles macros de los allugamientos d'enfotu tienen permisu pa executase.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fremovefile 4c Quita la carpeta escoyida de la llista d'allugamientos de ficheros d'enfotu.
29 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Faddfile 6b Abre un diálogu de seleición de carpetes. Escueya una carpeta dende la que puedan executase toles macros.
2b xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Flocations 6c Les macros de los documentos namái s'executen si fueron abiertos dende una de los siguientes allugamientos.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fremovecert 42 Quita'l certificáu escoyíu de la llista de certificaos d'enfotu.
2e xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fcertificates 21 Numbera los certificaos d'enfotu.
2a xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fviewcert 39 Abre'l diálogu Ver certificáu pal certificáu escoyíu.
33 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2FSecurityTrustPage 21 Numbera los certificaos d'enfotu.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fserverauthentication 93 Abre'l diálogu Autenticación del sirvidor, que dexa especificar la configuración de autenticación del sirvidor pal corréu electrónicu seguru.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fport 1a Especifique'l puertu SMTP.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Ftest 56 Abre'l diálogu Probar configuración de la cuenta pa probar la configuración actual.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fsecure 5d Cuando ta disponible, utiliza una conexón segura pa unviar mensaxes de corréu electrónicu.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Freplyto 57 Especifique la direición que se va utilizar pa les respuestes de corréu electrónicu.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fdisplayname 12 Escriba'l so nome.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fserver 21 Escriba'l nome del sirvidor SMTP.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Freplytocb 8f Utiliza la direición de corréu electrónicu especificada nel cuadru de testu Direición de respuesta como direición de corréu de respuesta.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Faddress 43 Escriba la so direición de corréu electrónicu pa les respuestes.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2FMailConfigPage 12 Escriba'l so nome.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fchecknow 25 va realizase una comprobación agora.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feverymonth 31 va realizase una comprobación una vegada al mes.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feveryweek 62 va realizase una comprobación una vegada a la selmana. Ésta ye la configuración predeterminada.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feveryday 32 va realizase una comprobación una vegada al día.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fautocheck 82 Mark to check for online updates periodically, then select the time interval how often %PRODUCTNAME will check for online updates.
34 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2FOptOnlineUpdatePage 82 Mark to check for online updates periodically, then select the time interval how often %PRODUCTNAME will check for online updates.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpersonalization_tab%2Fown_persona 53 Choose this option to open the “Select Firefox Theme” dialog and pick your own.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpersonalization_tab%2Fdefault_persona 27 Display the system theme, if available.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fselect_persona_dialog%2Fframe4 56 Shows a random choice of nine themes based on the categories displayed in the buttons.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fselect_persona_dialog%2Fsearch_term 2f Type or paste the URL of the theme’s webpage.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpersonalization_tab%2Fno_persona 58 The toolbars’ background inherits the background settings of your desktop environment.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Finpassword 17 Escriba la contraseña.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Finusername 2b Escriba'l nome d'usuariu pal sirvidor IMAP.
54 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2FAuthenticationSettingsDialog 5d Habilita l'autenticación necesaria pa unviar mensaxes de corréu electrónicu por aciu SMTP.
46 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fauthentication 5d Habilita l'autenticación necesaria pa unviar mensaxes de corréu electrónicu por aciu SMTP.
4e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fseparateauthentication 45 Escueya si'l sirvidor SMTP rique un nome d'usuariu y una contraseña.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fusername 2b Escriba'l nome d'usuariu pal sirvidor SMTP.
43 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Foutpassword 2a Escriba la contraseña pal nome d'usuariu.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fport 2c Introduza'l puertu nel sirvidor POP3 o IMAP.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fimap 40 Especifica que'l sirvidor de corréu d'entrada va utilizar IMAP.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fpop3 41 Especifica que'l sirvidor de corréu d'entrada va utilizar POP 3.
44 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fsmtpafterpop 4f Escueya si ye necesariu lleer primero'l corréu electrónicu enantes d'unvialo.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fserver 34 Escriba'l nome del sirvidor de corréu POP 3 o IMAP.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2Fstop 4b Faiga clic nel botón Detener pa detener manualmente una sesión de prueba.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2Ferrors 75 Nel cuadru de llista Fallos, va ver una esplicación de los fallos detectaos mientres la prueba de la configuración.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2FTestMailSettings 75 Nel cuadru de llista Fallos, va ver una esplicación de los fallos detectaos mientres la prueba de la configuración.
21 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2FCertPage 6d La páxina Ruta de certificáu del diálogu Ver certificáu amuesa l'allugamientu y l'estáu del certificáu.
1f xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fstatus 6d La páxina Ruta de certificáu del diálogu Ver certificáu amuesa l'allugamientu y l'estáu del certificáu.
23 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fsignatures 6d La páxina Ruta de certificáu del diálogu Ver certificáu amuesa l'allugamientu y l'estáu del certificáu.
2d xmlsecurity%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2Fvaluedetails 41 Na llista de valores, escueya valores pa copialos nel cartafueyu.
2c xmlsecurity%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2FCertDetails 65 La páxina Detalles del diálogu Ver certificáu amuesa información detallada avera del certificáu.
2f xmlsecurity%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2Ftablecontainer 65 La páxina Detalles del diálogu Ver certificáu amuesa información detallada avera del certificáu.
21 XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_TP_GENERAL 62 La páxina Xeneral del diálogu Ver certificáu amuesa información básica avera del certificáu.
